81_FR_44842 81 FR 44711 - Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

81 FR 44711 - Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 131 (July 8, 2016)

Page Range44711-44739
FR Document2016-16120

This final rule increases access to medication-assisted treatment (MAT) with buprenorphine and the combination buprenorphine/ naloxone (hereinafter referred to as buprenorphine) in the office-based setting as authorized under the United States Code. Section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) allows individual practitioners to dispense or prescribe Schedule III, IV, or V controlled substances that have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners who file an initial notification of intent (NOI) to treat a maximum of 30 patients at a time. After 1 year, the practitioner may file a second NOI indicating his/her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time. This final rule will expand access to MAT by allowing eligible practitioners to request approval to treat up to 275 patients under section 303(g)(2) of the CSA. The final rule also includes requirements to ensure that patients receive the full array of services that comprise evidence-based MAT and minimize the risk that the medications provided for treatment are misused or diverted.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 131 (Friday, July 8, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 131 (Friday, July 8, 2016)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 44711-44739]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-16120]



[[Page 44711]]

Vol. 81

Friday,

No. 131

July 8, 2016

Part III





Department of Health and Human Services





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





42 CFR Part 8





 Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders; Final Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 44712]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

42 CFR Part 8

RIN 0930-AA22


Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders

AGENCY: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration 
(SAMHSA), HHS.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This final rule increases access to medication-assisted 
treatment (MAT) with buprenorphine and the combination buprenorphine/
naloxone (hereinafter referred to as buprenorphine) in the office-based 
setting as authorized under the United States Code. Section 303(g)(2) 
of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) allows individual practitioners 
to dispense or prescribe Schedule III, IV, or V controlled substances 
that have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). 
Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners who 
file an initial notification of intent (NOI) to treat a maximum of 30 
patients at a time. After 1 year, the practitioner may file a second 
NOI indicating his/her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time. 
This final rule will expand access to MAT by allowing eligible 
practitioners to request approval to treat up to 275 patients under 
section 303(g)(2) of the CSA. The final rule also includes requirements 
to ensure that patients receive the full array of services that 
comprise evidence-based MAT and minimize the risk that the medications 
provided for treatment are misused or diverted.

DATES: Effective Date: This final rule is effective on August 8, 2016.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health 
Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 240-276-2700.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Electronic Access

    This Federal Register document is also available from the Federal 
Register online database through Federal Digital System (FDsys), a 
service of the U.S. Government Printing Office. This database can be 
accessed via the Internet at http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys.

I. Background

    Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows 
individual practitioners to dispense or prescribe Schedule III, IV, or 
V controlled substances that have been approved by the Food and Drug 
Administration (FDA) for use in maintenance and detoxification 
treatment without registering as an opioid treatment program (OTP). 
Buprenorphine is a schedule III controlled substance under the CSA. To 
qualify to treat any patients with buprenorphine, the practitioner must 
be a physician, possess a valid license to practice medicine, be a 
registrant of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), have the 
capacity to refer patients for appropriate counseling and other 
necessary ancillary services, and have completed required training.
    The CSA also imposes a limit on the number of patients a 
practitioner may treat with certain types of FDA-approved narcotic 
drugs, such as buprenorphine, at any one time. Specifically, Section 
303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners who file an 
initial notification of intent (NOI) to treat a maximum of 30 patients 
at a time. After 1 year, the practitioner may file a second NOI 
indicating his/her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time.
    Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii), the Secretary is 
authorized to change the patient limit by regulation.

A. Regulatory History

    On March 30, 2016, the Department of Health and Human Services 
(HHS) issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), entitled, 
``Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders'', in the 
Federal Register, and invited comment on the proposed rule.\1\ The 
comment period ended on May 31, 2016. In total, HHS received 498 
comments on the proposed rule. Comments came from a wide variety of 
stakeholders, including, but not limited to: Individuals that currently 
prescribe buprenorphine and other health care professionals, such as 
nurse practitioners and pharmacists; health care policymakers; national 
organizations representing providers and public health agencies; and 
individuals who self-identified as current buprenorphine patients. A 
significant number of comments came from individuals who were part of a 
mass mail campaign organized by a national organization representing 
substance use disorder treatment specialists.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 81 FR 17639 (Mar. 30, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Overview of Final Rule

    The final rule adopts the same basic structure and framework as the 
proposed rule: Subpart A sets forth the general provisions of the rule; 
current subparts A, B, and C would change to subparts B, C, and D, 
respectively; the titles of these subparts would be revised to make it 
clear that they apply only to OTPs; subpart E is reserved and subpart F 
contains the final rule. Subpart A, Sec.  8.1 details the scope of the 
rule and explains that the proposed rules in the new subpart F pertain 
only to those practitioners using a waiver under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) 
with a patient limit of 101 to 275. Subpart A, Sec.  8.2 provides the 
definitions that apply to the entirety of part 8 and Sec.  8.3 
discusses opioid treatment programs. Subpart F discusses the 
authorization to increase the patient limit to 275 patients. Subpart F, 
Sec.  8.610 describes which practitioners are qualified for a patient 
limit of 275; subpart F, Sec.  8.615 describes a qualified practice 
setting; subpart F, Sec.  8.620 discusses the process to request a 
patient limit of 275; subpart F, Sec.  8.625 details how a request will 
be processed; subpart F, Sec.  8.630 describes what a practitioner must 
do to maintain the 275 patient limit; subpart F, Sec.  8.635 is 
reserved; subpart F, Sec.  8.640 details the renewal process for 
practitioners who desire to keep their 275 patient limit; subpart F, 
Sec.  8.645 discusses the responsibilities of practitioners whose 
renewal request for the 275 patient limit was denied or who did not 
request for a renewal of the 275 patient limit; subpart F, Sec.  8.650 
details the conditions under which SAMHSA can suspend or revoke a 
patient limit increase approval; and subpart F, Sec.  8.655 provides 
the rules applicable to patient limit increases in emergency 
situations.
    HHS has made some changes to the proposed rule's provisions, based 
on the comments we received. Among the significant changes are the 
following.
    HHS has changed the highest patient limit from 200 to 275.
    HHS also changed Sec.  8.610 by revising the language in this 
section. This change will allow additional addiction specialists to 
treat up to 275 patients by including all practitioners with additional 
credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2.
    HHS has decided to delay the finalization of the proposed reporting 
requirements in Sec.  8.635 and is publishing elsewhere in this issue 
of the Federal Register a Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to 
solicit additional comments on the proposed reporting requirements 
prior to finalizing them. We expect to finalize the reporting 
requirements expeditiously.
    HHS has responded to the comments received on the proposed rule, 
and provided an explanation of each of the

[[Page 44713]]

changes made to the proposed rule in the preamble.

II. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and Analysis and Responses to 
Public Comments

A. General Comments

    HHS received a number of comments that expressed general support 
and advocacy for the proposed rule. Many of these comments pointed to 
the lives that will be saved and the long waitlists for MAT that will 
be shortened. Commenters also noted that the rule provides parity with 
other conditions/medications and that the rule will help provide a 
research-based understanding of addiction.
    There were also some comments that expressed disagreement with the 
proposed rule. These commenters said that MAT was not as effective as 
traditional models and that buprenorphine is a drug of diversion and 
misuse, and could result in poor outcomes. Some commenters cited a need 
for more providers rather than higher prescribing limits. Several 
commenters suggested that the application and renewal procedure and the 
recordkeeping and reporting requirements will dissuade physicians from 
applying for the higher patient limit.
    A comment also suggested that very few additional patients will 
receive addiction treatment with buprenorphine as a result of the 
proposed rule, due to the small number of subspecialists eligible to 
treat an additional 100 patients each, unclear criteria for what 
constitutes a qualified practice setting, and continued poor 
reimbursement.
    Given the evidence supporting buprenorphine-based MAT as an 
effective treatment for opioid use disorder and the magnitude of the 
opioid crisis, this rule is intended to increase access to 
buprenorphine-based MAT, prevent diversion, and ensure quality services 
are provided. With respect to the comment specifically related to the 
issues of subspecialty board certification and unclear criteria for a 
qualified practice setting, the final rule addresses these issues by 
replacing the ``board certification'' definition with an ``additional 
credentialing'' definition and also provides further clarity regarding 
the criteria for a qualified practice setting. HHS appreciates that 
increasing the patient limit for certain MAT providers is a complex 
issue and is not the only avenue for addressing the opioid public 
health crisis. HHS is promoting access to all forms of MAT for opioid 
use disorder through multiple activities included in the Secretary's 
Opioid Initiative. Given the Secretary's authority to increase the 
patient limit on treatment under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) by rulemaking, the 
rule is an essential element of a comprehensive approach to increasing 
access to MAT.
    HHS also received a wide variety of comments related to the issue 
of MAT that did not specifically relate to a section of the proposed 
rule, but generally fell into five main categories. The categories and 
comments are as follows.
Other Practitioners
    Many commenters wrote about the eligibility and role of nurse 
practitioners and/or physician assistants in prescribing buprenorphine. 
The vast majority of these commenters suggested that nurse 
practitioners and physician assistants should be allowed to prescribe 
buprenorphine under the new regulation. Two major associations wrote in 
support of registered nurses with addiction specialty training to be 
able to prescribe. Numerous comments stated that HHS needed to include 
other practitioners especially in order to reach rural and medically 
underserved regions.
    HHS also received several comments opposed to allowing nurse 
practitioners and physician assistants to prescribe buprenorphine.
    Questions related to expanding eligible prescribers are outside the 
scope of this rulemaking; the statute limits who is eligible to 
prescribe buprenorphine for MAT. 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) limits the 
practitioners eligible for waiver in this context to physicians, and, 
therefore, HHS is not authorized to include other types of providers in 
this rule. However, HHS recognizes the issues raised by commenters and 
the President's FY 2017 Budget proposes a buprenorphine demonstration 
program to allow advance practice providers to prescribe buprenorphine. 
This would allow HHS to begin testing other ways to improve access to 
buprenorphine throughout the country.
New Formulations
    In the NPRM, HHS proposed that the Secretary would establish a 
process by which patients who are treated with medications covered 
under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C), that have features that enhance safety or 
reduce diversion, as determined by the Secretary, may be counted 
differently toward the prescribing limit established in the proposed 
rule. Such medications are referred to here as ``new formulations.'' 
HHS also proposed that the criteria for determining which if any of 
these new formulations may be considered, and how these patients will 
be counted toward the patient limit, will be based on the following 
principles: (a) The relative risk of diversion associated with 
medications that become covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C) after the 
effective date of the proposed rule; and (b) the time required to 
monitor patient safety, assure medication compliance and effectiveness, 
and deliver or coordinate behavioral health services.
    HHS did not receive any comments that provided specific criteria to 
be used to count new formulations differently under the patient limit. 
One commenter suggested that abuse-deterrent labeling should not be a 
requirement. HHS did receive a small number of comments about new 
formulations which recommended that patients being treated with these 
new formulations not be counted against a patient limit. One commenter 
stated that HHS should establish a process for counting the patients 
differently if there is a risk to public health. Another commenter 
recommended the establishment of a process for evaluating new 
formulations that would be triggered by a petition from a product 
manufacturer, trade association, practitioner, State or local agency, 
or representatives of opioid use disorder patients or their families.
    HHS received a number of comments recommending a cautious approach, 
including one suggestion to not count patients as fractions and another 
to consider the potential impact of a formulation-based counting 
methodology on practitioners and patient-driven recovery. One commenter 
expressed concern that new formulations that require less oversight 
from a practitioner may result in the reduction of psychosocial and 
other support services. HHS also received a comment that it is too soon 
to determine how patients treated with the new formulations should be 
counted.
    HHS will review new formulations as they are approved by FDA for 
use in the treatment of opioid use disorder and is strongly supportive 
of innovative formulations that increase access to MAT.
    With respect to the comments suggesting that no limit apply to 
patients treated with new formulations, HHS does not believe that 
raising the limit beyond that specified in this rule is warranted at 
this time.
    After reviewing the comments, HHS has determined under the final 
rule, all patients treated with medications covered under 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2)(C), including new formulations, will be counted against the 
patient limit established by this rule in the same

[[Page 44714]]

manner. HHS may choose to revisit this issue in the future.
Patient Cost and Coverage
    HHS received several comments describing insurance-related issues 
that commenters believe affect access to treatment with buprenorphine. 
These comments, which are outside the scope of this rulemaking, focused 
on topics such as varying formats for requesting approval for treatment 
services and prescription coverage, reimbursement rates, coverage 
criteria, pharmacy practices, implementation of substance use disorder 
parity laws, and use of quality metrics. HHS received comments stating 
that the proposed rule does not address the many reasons why providers 
are not prescribing MAT to the fullest extent of their current waivers, 
including concerns about public and private insurer reimbursement for 
the additional reporting, documentation, and counseling as well as 
concerns about on-site DEA inspections.
    HHS appreciates these comments and is aware of the issues 
associated with access to buprenorphine. However, these issues are 
beyond the scope of this rulemaking given HHS' regulatory authority 
under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii).
Prescribing Practices
    HHS received many comments that related to prescribing practices. 
One comment recommended that a prescriber of buprenorphine not be 
permitted to make a diagnosis of opioid use disorder or dependency in 
order to prevent the development of ``pill mills.'' Another comment 
stated that Vivitrol[supreg] should be offered along with buprenorphine 
and another stated that it should be prescribed in place of 
buprenorphine.
    Several commenters focused on limiting prescriptions of opioids. 
Others proposed limiting the allowable dosing of buprenorphine. One 
commenter recommended that the number of patients allowed for treatment 
by a waivered practitioner should be tied to the recommended dose in 
order to incentivize physicians to prescribe appropriate doses of 
buprenorphine in an effort to decrease diversion. The commenter also 
stated that a physician treating 200 patients should not be allowed to 
prescribe more than an average of 2,800 mg of buprenorphine per day. 
HHS also received a comment that practitioners prescribing 
buprenorphine up to a higher patient limit should be required to see 
patients at least once a month.
    HHS received a comment recommending that physicians obtain a 
written agreement from each patient stating that the patient: Will 
receive an initial assessment and treatment plan; will be subject to 
medication adherence and substance use monitoring; and understands all 
available treatment options, including all FDA-approved drugs for 
treatment of opioid use disorder and their potential risks and 
benefits. One commenter suggested that HHS issue firm recommendations 
on safe medication renewal quantities and weaning and reduction 
timeframes. Another commenter suggested taking into consideration the 
individual's age, gender, ethnicity, and culture during treatment.
    HHS recognizes that there are multiple approaches to addressing 
opioid use disorder. However, many of these issues are beyond the scope 
of this rule.
Other Approaches to Opioid Use Disorders
    Many comments provided suggestions on how to broadly address the 
problem of opioid use disorder. HHS received several comments noting 
that, despite being able to prescribe buprenorphine to only a limited 
number of patients, practitioners are not subject to any limits when 
prescribing opioids for pain. Some commenters recommended that either 
the limit to prescribe buprenorphine be removed or that an opioid 
prescribing limit be established. One commenter asked that if HHS 
believes that there should be a limit on the number of patients treated 
with buprenorphine, why HHS is not also seeking a limit on the number 
of patients prescribed schedule II opioids for chronic pain. And 
another commenter suggested that physicians who prescribe opioids 
should be required to offer treatment for opioid use disorders.
    HHS also received a few comments that concerned treatment using 
antidepressants, anxiolytics, and antipsychotics where patient limits 
do not apply. The commenters felt the same concept should be applied to 
buprenorphine.
    A buprenorphine patient limit was introduced in statute. HHS' 
rulemaking is intended to implement the statutory provisions. With 
respect to opioid prescribing, the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention (CDC) recently released the Guideline for Prescribing 
Opioids for Chronic Pain and SAMHSA supports the Providers' Clinical 
Support System-Opioid program, which is a national training and 
mentoring project that makes available at no cost continuing medical 
education (CME) programs on the safe and effective use of opioids for 
treatment of chronic pain and safe and effective treatment of opioid 
use disorder. HHS received comments focused on the system of treatment 
for opioid use disorders, including the integration of behavioral 
health into primary care; screening for substance use disorders and 
connecting to treatment via Screening, Brief Intervention, and Referral 
to Treatment (SBIRT); reimbursement issues; and use of opioid 
antagonists such as naloxone in preventing opioid overdose.
    A comment stated that the organization wanted to make sure patients 
receive long-term evidence-based care to treat opioid use disorder. HHS 
also received several comments stating that it needed to ensure that a 
full continuum of care is available for patients. While ongoing work is 
occurring throughout HHS on improving access to treatment, these 
specific issues are outside the scope of this rulemaking.
    HHS also received a comment recommending that we consider 
additional strategies to incentivize primary care providers to apply 
for waivers to prescribe buprenorphine, including educational campaigns 
to address any misperceptions related to buprenorphine prescribing and 
DEA audits, greater dissemination of research and data regarding 
evidence-based MAT, and continual engagement with stakeholders to 
ensure the legal and regulatory framework is appropriate and effective. 
Another commenter also expressed the need for a national educational 
campaign about misuse of prescription opioid analgesics. One commenter 
recommended that HHS work with other local, State and Federal entities, 
including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), FDA, CDC, 
and DEA to develop education for the public that is both comprehensive 
and targeted to address the knowledge gaps of relevant stakeholders. 
HHS received comments expressing the importance of increasing the 
number of resources, training, and qualified personnel to prescribe 
buprenorphine and administer and monitor patients. Another commenter 
also felt that we should consider additional measures to educate 
physicians about best practices to minimize the risk of diversion, 
including the distribution of best practice guidance documents. An 
additional comment expressed concerns that clinics owned and operated 
by non-physicians, or employing part-time newly waivered physicians, 
with no full-time addiction physician oversight

[[Page 44715]]

and supervision will greatly increase the potential for diversion. HHS 
intends to continue to work to educate eligible practitioners about the 
waiver process and ensure that the process is as efficient as possible.
    HHS also received a comment expressing concerns that raising the 
limit will not sufficiently address improving access to individuals 
located in geographic regions where buprenorphine or other MAT 
medications are currently unavailable, because only a third of 
buprenorphine-waivered physicians are qualified to treat 100 patients 
at a time.
    HHS shares the commenters' concern that some populations are 
geographically disadvantaged in terms of access to MAT. HHS believes 
this final rule will help address this concern by expanding the ability 
for physicians in all areas, including rural areas, to treat patients 
with opioid use disorder while minimizing the risk of diversion. In 
addition, the shift in policy from allowing a practitioner with a 
waiver to treat up to 200 patients in the NPRM to allowing a 
practitioner with a waiver to treat up to 275 patients is likely to 
have a significant impact in rural areas which are currently served by 
smaller numbers of practitioners with waivers.
    HHS appreciates the many comments aiming to more broadly address 
the issue of opioid use. While this rule is more limited in scope, HHS 
is working to address some of the ideas expressed in the comments 
through other actions taken to implement the Secretary's Opioid 
Initiative.
Other Comments
    HHS received several comments estimating the number of 
practitioners who would seek a waiver for the higher patient limit. For 
example, one comment stated that between 8 and 15 Vermont physicians 
would seek the additional waiver to treat 200 patients, noting that it 
would have the potential to increase access to office-based outpatient 
treatment services by between 25 and 50 percent from its current 
utilization rate. HHS considered these estimates as it calculated the 
Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) for the rule.
    HHS received a comment asking why there were different rules for 
methadone and another one that asked why the rules were different than 
the rules in Canada.
    Methadone is not included as part of this rule because methadone is 
a Schedule II drug, while the only medications covered under this rule 
are in Schedule III, IV, or V, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C). In 
addition, the United States and Canada regulate opioid use disorder 
treatment under different laws.
    HHS received a comment stating that impaired decision-making, 
especially for safety sensitive professions (e.g., airline pilots, 
transit workers, health care professionals), posed public/patient 
safety concerns due to possible cognitive and motor impairment related 
to buprenorphine and stated that naltrexone may be considered as an 
alternative.
    While this issue is beyond the scope of this rule, HHS encourages 
all practitioners to fully inform their patients about MAT, whether it 
is appropriate for an individual patient and, if so, which FDA-approved 
medications may be most appropriate for that patient.
    Another commenter requested guidance on what constitutes an 
appropriate course of treatment and how ``recovery'' should be 
determined, which will enable them to meet the reporting requirements 
more successfully. An additional commenter requested that guidance 
specify whether or not an in-office induction is required.
    HHS appreciates these comments and will bear them in mind as it 
develops guidance documents after the final rule goes into effect.
Subpart A--General Provisions
    In the proposed rule, HHS proposed increasing the highest available 
patient limit for qualified practitioners to receive a waiver from 100 
to 200. This proposed higher patient limit was intended to 
significantly increase patient capacity for practitioners qualified to 
prescribe at this level while also ensuring that waivered practitioners 
would be able to provide comprehensive treatment associated with MAT.
    Under the final rule, practitioners authorized to treat up to 275 
patients will be required to meet infrastructure requirements that 
exceed those required for practitioners who have a waiver to treat 100 
or fewer patients. HHS proposed additional criteria and 
responsibilities for practitioners to be able to treat up to the higher 
patient limit with the specific aims of ensuring quality of care and 
minimizing diversion. Importantly, the additional criteria and 
responsibilities were not intended to be unduly burdensome to 
practitioners who wish to expand their MAT treatment practice. Also, 
the rule does not add these additional requirements to practitioners 
who have a waiver to treat up to 100 patients under 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2). The rule also creates an option for an increased patient 
limit for practitioners responding to emergency situations that require 
immediate, increased access to medications covered under 21 U.S.C. 
823(g)(2)(C). In addition, HHS included key definitions that will help 
practitioners understand and implement the requirements of this rule.
    As proposed in the NPRM, this rule will be added to 42 CFR part 8 
as subpart F. Accordingly, changes to part 8 were necessary to 
integrate the contents of the new regulations established by this rule 
into part 8. For example, part 8, subparts A, B, and C, had to be 
reordered as subparts B, C, and D, respectively. The titles of these 
subparts were revised to make it clear that they apply only to OTPs.
    The comments and HHS' responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received several comments stating that raising the 
patient limit to 200 was not likely to make a significant impact on 
addressing the treatment gap. Some commenters suggested the limit 
should be raised to 500 patients or that there should be no patient 
limit at all. Other commenters supported the proposed limit of 200 
patients. One commenter suggested that the patient limit be removed for 
physicians operating in a nationally accredited or State licensed 
substance use disorder treatment center.
    Response: In the NPRM, HHS proposed raising the patient limit for 
certain qualified physicians to 200. This was based on a conservative 
estimate of the number of patients who could be treated by a single 
physician in a high-quality, evidence-based manner that minimizes the 
risk of diversion. However, prior to the NPRM, the proposed patient 
limit of 200 did not have the benefit of public comment. Although many 
commenters expressed that a 200 patient limit was appropriate, a number 
of commenters stated that the 200 patient limit was not sufficient to 
substantially address the treatment gap, with some commenters 
suggesting the limit be raised to 500 and others stating there should 
be no patient limit. HHS reviewed all pertinent comments and completed 
a reassessment of the available data. In particular, an analysis of the 
number of patients treated in OTPs--a set of structured clinics that 
deliver comprehensive care for opioid use disorder--helped to guide 
HHS' deliberation. Using data from the 2013 National Survey of 
Substance Abuse Treatment Services, the average number of patients who 
could be managed at any given time in an OTP ranged from 262 to 334, 
demonstrating that high-quality, evidence-based MAT could be provided 
to a larger number of patients

[[Page 44716]]

in this structured and regulated environment. Given that HHS expects 
that buprenorphine provision in the outpatient setting will involve a 
less structured and regulated environment, we believe setting the limit 
within the lower range of the average number of patients who could be 
treated in an OTP is prudent. Thus, based on our reassessment of the 
data and review of public comments, HHS has determined that increasing 
the patient limit to 275 balances the pressing need to expand access to 
MAT with the desire to ensure the provision of high-quality, evidence-
based MAT while limiting the risk of diversion. We note that this rule 
is intended to expand access directly by increasing patient capacity 
for practitioners who get a waiver to treat more than 100 patients, and 
indirectly by increasing the incentive to enter into the field of 
addiction medicine or addiction psychiatry by expanding opportunities 
within the field.
    Comment: HHS received a comment requesting that the rule provide 
some waiver increase for all certified office-based opioid treatment 
with buprenorphine physicians. The commenter also recommended that all 
physicians currently holding a waiver to prescribe up to 100 patients 
and who have been in good standing for the past year be allowed 
increases as follows: (1) If they are not board certified and not 
working in a qualified practice setting, they should be allowed to 
treat an additional 50 patients; (2) If they are not board certified 
but are working in a qualified practice setting, they should be allowed 
to treat an additional 100 patients; (3) If they are board certified 
but not working in a qualified practice setting, they should be allowed 
to treat an additional 150 patients; and (4) If they are board 
certified and are working in a qualified practice setting, they should 
be allowed to treat an additional 200 patients.
    Response: The rule seeks to balance the increased accountability 
associated with the higher limit of 275 with the opportunity for 
practitioners to attain efficiencies of scale and provide two distinct 
and non-duplicative pathways by which practitioners can access the 
higher limit. This reflects HHS' desire to provide pathways to the 
higher limit to a range of motivated practitioners, with a modest and 
tolerable burden to the practitioner.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that ABAM-certified 
physicians not be limited in the number of patients to whom they can 
prescribe buprenorphine. HHS also received a comment encouraging HHS to 
lift the patient limit for any practitioner providing MAT using 
buprenorphine in all programs licensed or certified by a State 
oversight agency for substance use.
    Response: HHS appreciates the comment and the role of ABAM-
certified practitioners and has modified the proposed rule to include 
these professionals among those eligible for the highest limit of 275. 
With respect to the comments suggesting that no limit apply to patients 
treated by practitioners in programs licensed or certified by a State 
oversight agency, HHS believes, for the reasons stated, that the 275 
patient limit is the appropriate limit.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that the patient limit 
be based on the percentage of the practice that provides addiction 
treatment.
    Response: Relevant patient limits in this context apply to a 
specific waivered practitioner, not to a practice of multiple 
providers. Accordingly, HHS believes that the approach taken in the 
final rule provides the best available method to clearly establish a 
higher patient limit that can be monitored and enforced.
    Comment: HHS received a comment requesting greater clarity about 
whether a patient treated with buprenorphine at an OTP is counted 
toward the practitioner's patient limit. The commenter recommended that 
patients treated in opioid treatment programs not be counted toward the 
patient limit.
    Response: Patients receiving buprenorphine administered or 
dispensed by an OTP, from medication ordered under the program's DEA 
registration, are patients of the OTP and do not count toward any 
practitioner's patient limit.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    For the reasons set forth above and considering the comments and 
additional information received, we have changed the proposed patient 
limit of 200 to 275 patients per practitioner for practitioners who 
meet the requirements laid out in the final rule.
Subpart A--Scope (Sec.  8.1)
    HHS proposed that the scope of part 8 would cover rules that are 
applicable to OTPs, and to waivered practitioners who seek to treat 
more than 100 patients with applicable medications. New subparts B 
through D under the final rule contain the rules relevant to OTPs. 
Subpart E is reserved and Subpart F contains the new final rule. 
Section 8.1 also explains that the rules in the new subpart F pertain 
only to those practitioners using a waiver under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) 
with a patient limit of 101 to 275.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    HHS did not receive any comments on this provision. Therefore, for 
the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, we are finalizing the 
provisions as proposed in Sec.  8.1 without modification.
Subpart A--Definitions (Sec.  8.2)
    HHS proposed definitions that would apply to the entirety of part 
8. HHS also proposed revising definitions that would apply only to 
OTPs. Two definitions were proposed for elimination: ``Registered 
opioid treatment program'' and ``opiate addiction.''
    HHS proposed a revised definition of ``patient.'' At present, the 
definition of ``patient'' in Sec.  8.2 is limited to those individuals 
receiving treatment at an OTP, which excludes those individuals 
receiving office-based opioid treatment with buprenorphine, i.e., those 
practitioners subject to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
    HHS proposed a revised definition of patient to make it inclusive 
of all persons receiving MAT with an opioid medication, consistent with 
the expanded scope of proposed revisions to 42 CFR part 8. HHS proposed 
that patient ``means any individual who receives MAT from a 
practitioner or program subject to this part.'' Upon further review, we 
determined that modifications to the proposed definition of ``patient'' 
were needed to clarify the scope of patients covered under this rule 
(for purposes of the patient limit), and to distinguish such patients 
from opioid treatment program patients for which no patient limit 
applies. We are now defining patient as, for purposes of subparts B-E, 
meaning any individual who receives maintenance or detoxification 
treatment in an opioid treatment program. For purposes of subpart F 
patient means any individual who is dispensed or prescribed covered 
medications by a practitioner. The patient definition modifications 
reflected in the final rule are consistent with the intention of the 
NPRM. As we explained in the NPRM, if a practitioner, for example, 
provides cross-coverage for another practitioner and in the course of 
that coverage the covering practitioner provides a prescription for 
buprenorphine, the patient counts towards the cross-covering 
practitioner's patient limit until the prescription or medication has 
expired. However, if a cross-covering practitioner is merely available 
for consult but does not dispense or prescribe buprenorphine while the 
prescribing practitioner is away, the patients being covered do not 
count

[[Page 44717]]

towards the cross-covering practitioner's patient limit. Therefore, 
this definition is expected to help ensure consistency and clarity in 
how waivered practitioners count patients towards the patient limit.
    HHS proposed that the rule include the following definition of 
patient limit: ``the maximum number of individual patients a 
practitioner may treat at any time using covered medications.'' Given 
the changes to the definition of ``patient,'' the definition for 
``patient limit'' was modified to mean the maximum number of individual 
patients that a practitioner may dispense or prescribe covered 
medications to at any one time. This modification ensures alignment 
between the definition of ``patient'' and ``patient limit.''
    Taken together, the definitions of ``patient'' and ``patient 
limit'' provide clear and fair guidance for regulatory enforcement and 
are expected to reduce undercounting of patients by practitioners. 
These definitions are also intended to clarify that patients who are 
not dispensed or prescribed medication covered by this rule should not 
be counted against a practitioner's patient limit. Accordingly, 
waivered practitioners will be able to provide reciprocal cross-
coverage to patients of other practitioners (assuming the dispensing or 
prescribing of covered medication is not involved) for brief periods, 
such as weekends or vacations, without requiring such patients to be 
added to the patient count of the practitioner who is providing cross-
coverage.
    Other new definitions proposed include ``behavioral health 
services,'' ``emergency situation,'' ``nationally recognized evidence-
based guidelines,'' ``practitioner incapacity'' and ``waivered 
practitioner.''
    HHS proposed to define ``nationally recognized evidence-based 
guidelines'' to mean a document produced by a national or international 
medical professional association, public health entity, or governmental 
body with the aim of ensuring the appropriate use of evidence to guide 
individual diagnostic and therapeutic clinical decisions. Some examples 
include the American Society of Addiction Medicine (ASAM) National 
Practice Guidelines for the Use of Medications in the Treatment of 
Addiction Involving Opioid Use; SAMHSA's Treatment Improvement Protocol 
40: Clinical Guidelines for the Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment 
of Opioid Addiction; the World Health Organization Guidelines for the 
Psychosocially Assisted Pharmacological Treatment of Opioid Dependence; 
the Department of Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense/Clinical 
Practice Guideline on Management of Substance Use Disorder; and the 
Federation of State Medical Boards' Model Policy on DATA 2000 and 
Treatment of Opioid Addiction in the Medical Office. HHS expects that 
guidelines meeting this definition may change over time but does not 
plan to keep a list for practitioners to consult.
    The definitions of ``practitioner'' and ``practitioner incapacity'' 
were modified to remove the term ``waivered'' since that term does not 
appear in the regulatory text. In addition, the definition of 
``certification'' was renamed ``opioid treatment program 
certification'' to clarify that the definition in Sec.  8.2 
specifically applies to certification of OTPs.
    In addition, the final rule includes a definition of Medication-
Assisted Treatment (MAT) that was provided in the preamble of the NPRM, 
but that was not inserted into the rule text of the NPRM. Accordingly, 
``Medication-Assisted Treatment'' is now defined in the text of the 
final rule.
    The final rule also replaced ``board certification'' with 
``additional credentialing'' due to the removal of the term 
``subspecialty'' with respect to practitioners that can request a 
higher limit outside of a qualified practice setting.
    The comments and our responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments regarding the 
definition of patient as it relates to counting a patient towards the 
cross-covering practitioner's patient limit. One commenter requested 
that we develop a way for practitioners to provide coverage for other 
physicians without having to count these patients as part of their 
patient limit. Another commenter recommended that the patients served 
during cross-coverage count either toward the practitioner's patient 
limit for 30 days or the number of days' supply provided by the 
prescription, whichever is greater. Another commenter recommended that 
prescriptions for less than 30 days during cross-coverage should not 
count against the practitioner's patient limit.
    Response: HHS is aware that providing coverage in a time-limited 
manner has posed a challenge to practitioners and patients. By defining 
``patient'' for purposes of subpart F as, ``any individual who is 
dispensed or prescribed covered medications by a practitioner,'' the 
definition links the patient to the practitioner who provides the 
patient with his or her covered medications. Such patients will remain 
a patient of the prescribing practitioner for the duration of the 
prescription or for as long as the dispensed medication lasts. As noted 
above, in cases where a cross-covering practitioner does not provide a 
patient with covered medication, the patient will not count toward that 
practitioner's patient limit. In the event that the cross-covering 
practitioner dispenses or prescribes covered medication to a patient, 
the patient will only count towards the cross-covering practitioner for 
as long as the medication lasts or until the prescription expires.
    Comment: HHS received one comment requesting additional examples of 
the types of guidelines that would satisfy the requirement to use 
nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines.
    Response: HHS has added another example to the list provided in the 
preamble of the NPRM with regard to the definition of ``nationally 
recognized evidence-based guidelines.''
    Comment: HHS received a comment that suggested the establishment of 
standards of care that DATA 2000 providers must follow.
    Response: HHS requires in the rule the use of nationally recognized 
evidence-based guidelines, but declines to establish a specific 
standard of care in regulating the practice of medicine as it exceeds 
the scope of the Secretary's authority.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule and after 
considering the comments received, HHS is modifying several of the 
proposed definitions in Sec.  8.2 to enhance clarity and consistency 
with the scope of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). Specifically, HHS has modified 
the definitions for ``patient'' and ``patient limit,'' and modified the 
terms ``practitioner'' and ``practitioner incapacity.'' Finally, HHS 
removed the term ``board certification'' and added ``additional 
credentialing'' to clarify that all practitioners who currently qualify 
to treat up to 100 patients are eligible for the higher patient limit 
if they are included as specialists as described in 21 U.S.C. 823 
(g)(2)(G)(ii)(I)-(III).
Subparts B, C, and D--Opioid Treatment Programs (Sec. Sec.  8.3 Through 
8.34)
    HHS proposed retitling subparts B, C, and D Sec. Sec.  8.3 through 
8.34 so as to implement the addition of subpart F. We proposed changes 
to these sections limited to changing the mailing address for program 
certification and accreditation body approval and updating terms, such 
as ``opiate'' and

[[Page 44718]]

``opiate addiction'' to ``opioid'' and ``opioid use disorder,'' 
respectively.
    The comments and our responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received one comment that recommended that it develop 
result-oriented performance standards for methadone maintenance 
treatment programs (also referred to as opioid treatment programs); 
provide guidance to treatment programs regarding the type of data that 
must be collected to permit assessment of programs' performance; and 
assure increased program oversight oriented toward performance 
standards.
    Response: HHS is not addressing the performance standards for 
opioid treatment programs in this rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that the Federal government 
should be putting pressure on States to open access to care through 
OTPs in States that are more likely to prohibit opioid treatment 
programs from operating.
    Response: HHS is committed to increasing access to MAT through 
various strategies, but cannot address this specific issue through the 
final rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
    HHS did not receive any comments related to Sec. Sec.  8.3 through 
8.34 that were capable of being addressed in the final rule. Therefore, 
for the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, HHS is finalizing the 
provisions Sec. Sec.  8.3 through 8.34 without modification.
Subpart F--Which Practitioners Are Eligible for a Patient Limit of 275 
(Sec.  8.610)
    Proposed Sec.  8.610 described how practitioners can qualify for 
the 200 patient limit. Such practitioners would be required to possess 
subspecialty board certification in addiction medicine or addiction 
psychiatry or practice in a qualified practice setting as defined in 
the rule. In either case, practitioners with the higher limit would 
have to possess a waiver to treat 100 patients for at least 1 year in 
order to gain experience treating at the higher limit. The purpose of 
offering the 200 patient limit to practitioners in these two categories 
was to recognize the benefit offered to patients by either: (1) The 
advanced training, knowledge, and skill of practitioners with a 
subspecialty board certification; or (2) the higher level of direct 
service provision and care coordination envisioned in the qualified 
practice setting. This approach would restrict access to the 200 
patient limit to a subset of the practitioners waivered to provide care 
up to 100 patients. In addition to ensuring higher quality of care, the 
criteria for the higher limit would be intended to minimize the risk of 
diversion of controlled substances to illicit use and accidental 
exposure that could result from increased prescribing of buprenorphine. 
A practitioner with board certification in an addiction subspecialty 
would have to have the training and experience necessary to recognize 
and address behaviors associated with increased risk of diversion. In 
the qualified practice settings, HHS believes that the care team and 
practice systems will function to help ensure this same level of care. 
HHS requested comments on this proposed approach, including comments on 
whether there are other ways for HHS to ensure quality and safety while 
encouraging practitioners to take on additional patients.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received numerous comments expressing concerns about 
the restrictive nature of the requirement to obtain subspecialty board 
certification in order to reach the higher patient limit.
    Response: HHS has revised the language from Sec.  8.610(b)(1), 
allowing practitioners who possess additional credentialing as defined 
in Sec.  8.2 to become eligible for the higher, 275-patient limit. HHS 
believes that this new requirement balances the need to maintain a 
qualified workforce while having realistic expectations that do not 
prohibit capable practitioners from increasing their patient limits.
    Comment: One comment expressed concerns that the rule will create a 
two-tiered system resulting in patients with the same diagnosis 
receiving markedly different quality and intensity of services, and 
recommended that we create a continuum of care whereby all patients 
with the same diagnosis receive equally high quality, evidence-based 
care.
    Response: HHS disagrees that the rule creates a two-tiered system. 
Rather, it extends and enhances the system that currently exists in an 
effort to improve access to treatment for those with opioid use 
disorders.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that we implement an 
accreditation initiative for qualified practitioners seeking to 
increase the number of patients for whom they prescribe buprenorphine.
    Response: HHS does not believe this approach is warranted at this 
time.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that all physicians who 
currently have credentials provided by one of the following 
professional organizations be eligible to request the increased patient 
limit: (1) ABAM; (2) ASAM; (3) American Board of Psychiatry and 
Neurology (ABPN); and (4) American Osteopathic Association. Another 
commenter recommended that HHS allow osteopathic physicians who are 
also boarded in other areas to be board-certified in addiction 
medicine.
    Response: HHS has revised the language from Sec.  8.610(b)(1), 
allowing practitioners who possess additional credentialing as defined 
in Sec.  8.2 to become eligible for the higher, 275-patient limit. 
However, given the significant responsibility associated with 
prescribing buprenorphine, HHS believes that practitioners should 
additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2 to safely and 
appropriately provide treatment up to 275 patients outside of a 
qualified practice setting. Therefore, HHS declines to incorporate some 
of the proposed approaches into the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments requesting a 
grandfathering clause for physicians who are currently working full 
time in the addiction field and who have missed the option to become 
board certified without doing a fellowship by the change in the 
availability of the ABAM exam.
    Response: Given the significant responsibility associated with 
prescribing buprenorphine, HHS believes that practitioners should have 
additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that physicians who 
have been recognized by SAMHSA for their Science and Service to their 
office-based treatment patients should be given priority when applying 
for the increased patient limit.
    Response: Given the significant responsibility associated with 
prescribing the applicable medications covered under the final rule, 
HHS believes that practitioners should have additional credentialing as 
defined in Sec.  8.2 or practice in a qualified practice setting to 
safely and appropriately provide treatment to up to 275 patients. We 
believe most, if not all, of these practitioners will meet these 
requirements. Therefore, HHS declines to incorporate this approach into 
the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that OTP licensure be 
the only pathway to creating addiction treatment programs that treat 
more than 100 patients.
    Response: HHS believes that the pathways outlined in the final rule 
provide appropriate pathways through which practitioners can become 
eligible to prescribe buprenorphine to up to 275

[[Page 44719]]

patients, while taking into account quality care and risk of diversion. 
Given OTP capacities and other regulatory requirements, limiting access 
to treating up to 275 patients to OTPs would reduce the ability to 
increase access to care in as meaningful a way as can be accomplished 
through the pathways included in the final rule.
    Comment: HHS received several comments recommending an alternate 
pathway for non-specialists in addiction medicine, which would require 
them to complete an additional 36 hours of addiction-related CME every 
three years. HHS received another comment proposing an alternate 
pathway that includes 24 hours of training, with Naloxone education as 
a part of that training.
    Response: HHS has revised the language from Sec.  8.610(b)(1), 
allowing practitioners who possess additional credentialing as defined 
in Sec.  8.2 to become eligible for the higher, 275-patient limit. 
However, given the significant responsibility associated with 
prescribing buprenorphine, HHS believes that practitioners should have 
additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2 to safely and 
appropriately provide treatment to up to 275 patients outside of a 
qualified practice setting. Therefore, HHS has declined to incorporate 
this approach into the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment suggesting that an alternate 
pathway be considered on a case by case basis in highly rural areas 
where practitioners may not be board certified or part of a qualified 
practice setting. The commenter recommended that providers who request 
the higher patient limit in these settings be required to have a mentor 
with extensive expertise and with whom they have regular consultation.
    Response: Given the significant responsibility associated with 
prescribing buprenorphine, HHS believes that practitioners should be 
board certified or practicing in a qualified practice setting to safely 
and appropriately provide this treatment to up to 275 patients. 
Therefore, HHS has declined to incorporate this approach into the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment that it should not raise the 
patient limit for any practitioner who has not completed an accredited 
fellowship or residency in addiction medicine.
    Response: HHS believes that the pathways outlined in the final rule 
provide appropriate pathways through which practitioners can become 
eligible to prescribe buprenorphine to up to 275 patients, while taking 
into account quality care and risk of diversion. Limiting access to 
treating up to 275 patients to practitioners who have completed 
accredited fellowships or residencies in addiction medicine would 
reduce the ability to increase access to care in as meaningful a way as 
can be accomplished through the pathways included in the final rule. 
Therefore, HHS has declined to incorporate this approach into the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that, in addition to 
providing current pathways to become eligible for the higher patient 
limit, HHS reserve the authority to identify any additional criteria 
that could make a practitioner qualified to apply for the higher limit.
    Response: HHS retains this authority.
    Comment: HHS received a few comments about the length of time it 
takes for practitioners to qualify to treat the higher patient limit. 
These comments noted that it will take two years for new practitioners 
to become eligible to prescribe buprenorphine to the higher patient 
limit and some suggested creating a faster pathway.
    Response: In more than doubling the patient limit as a result of 
the final rule for certain practitioners with a 100 patient limit, HHS 
believes it is critical to ensure that practitioners who obtain the 
higher patient limit have at least one year of experience prescribing 
at the current highest patient limit. Practitioners who have had a 
waiver to treat up to 100 patients for at least a year will be eligible 
to apply for the higher limit immediately.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule and considering the 
comments received, HHS replaced ``board certification'' with 
``additional credentialing'' in Sec.  8.2 which will allow additional 
practitioners to become eligible for the 275-patient limit. At the 
beginning of Sec.  8.610, we replaced the text that states that ``A 
practitioner is eligible for a patient limit of 200,'' with language 
that states the total number of patients that a practitioner may 
dispense or prescribe covered medications to at any one time for 
purposes of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii) is 275. Other than increasing 
the applicable patient limit to 275 (the basis for which has been 
discussed elsewhere in this preamble) the modified language does not 
reflect an intention to substantively change any other aspect of the 
patient limit from that which was proposed in the NPRM. Rather, the 
language modification is intended to align the final rule's text with 
the terminology used in 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii).
Subpart F--Qualified Practice Setting (Sec.  8.615)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.615 to describe the necessary elements of a 
qualified practice setting, which can include practices with as few as 
one waivered provider as long as these criteria are met, and can 
include both private practices and community-based clinics. Necessary 
elements of a qualified practice setting would include: (1) The ability 
to offer patients professional coverage for medical emergencies during 
hours when the practitioner's practice is closed; this does not need to 
involve another waivered practitioner, only that coverage be available 
for patients experiencing an emergency even when the office is closed; 
(2) the ability to ensure access to patient case-management services 
including behavioral health services; (3) health information technology 
(health IT) systems such as electronic health records, when 
practitioners are required to use it in the practice setting in which 
he or she practices; (4) participation in a prescription drug 
monitoring program (PDMP), where operational, and in accordance with 
State law. PDMP means a statewide electronic database that collects 
designated data on substances dispensed in the State. For practitioners 
providing care in their capacity as employees or contractors of a 
Federal government agency, participation in a PDMP would be required 
only when such participation is not restricted based on State law or 
regulation based on their State of licensure and is in accordance with 
Federal statutes and regulations; and (5) employment, or a contractual 
obligation to treat patients in a setting that has the ability to 
accept third-party payment for costs in providing health services, 
including written billing, credit and collection policies and 
procedures, or Federal health benefits.
    The elements were identified as common to many high-quality 
practice settings, which includes both private practices as well as 
federally qualified health centers and community mental health centers, 
and therefore worthy of replication. The elements would be expected to 
be common to OTPs, and OTPs currently in operation but not providing 
MAT under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). Taken together, this would facilitate 
additional opportunities to expand access to MAT. Another consideration 
in the selection of these elements was the need to limit the expansion 
of group practices formed for the sole purpose of pooling the 
individual practitioner limits to maximize revenue but which fail to

[[Page 44720]]

offer a full continuum of services. HHS sought comment on additional, 
alternate pathways by which a practitioner could become eligible to 
apply for a higher patient limit.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments expressing 
concerns that a qualified practice setting does not include a mandate 
to have trained substance use disorder counseling staff on site or 
available by an affiliation agreement. One commenter also recommended 
requiring a set ratio of addiction counselors in qualified practice 
settings. HHS also received a small number of comments recommending 
that HHS implement a requirement that provides for waivered 
practitioners to hire behavioral health providers as part of their 
practice or have a formalized agreement with outside providers to offer 
these services.
    Response: HHS has carefully considered the required elements of a 
qualified practice setting and has balanced the benefits of ensuring 
quality services and preventing diversion with the costs of being too 
restrictive. A requirement to have substance use disorder counseling or 
other behavioral health providers on staff on site or available by an 
affiliation agreement could limit the number of entities that would 
meet the requirements of a qualified practice setting and therefore not 
sufficiently increase access to treatment. A specific set ratio of 
addiction counselors in a qualified practice setting may also restrict 
the number of entities which would meet the definition of qualified 
practice setting and limit the impact of the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments noting that the 
narrow definition of a qualified practice setting makes it difficult 
for rural physicians or physicians in underserved settings to meet 
these qualifications.
    Response: HHS believes that entities such as federally qualified 
health centers, community mental health centers, OTPs, and certain 
private practices which exist in rural and other underserved areas can 
meet the definition of a qualified practice setting.
    Comment: One comment recommended that HHS require third-party 
accreditation for qualified practice settings via the Commission on 
Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities (CARF) or the Joint 
Commission on Accreditation of Health Care Organizations (JCAHO).
    Response: Requiring accreditation of qualified practice settings 
could create a barrier for individual practitioners who have a waiver 
to prescribe buprenorphine and have an interest in applying for the 
higher patient limit. HHS believes the burden imposed on these 
practitioners would be unreasonable and is not justified. Accordingly, 
HHS has not made any changes to the rule based on this comment.
    Comment: One commenter also encouraged pharmacists to enter into 
collaborative practice agreements with physicians and other prescribers 
as part of a qualified practice setting.
    Response: HHS encourages collaborative relationships between 
physicians and pharmacists, but declines to require it as a specific 
requirement as part of the definition of qualified practice setting.
    Comment: HHS received a comment suggesting that skilled nursing 
homes and long-term residency facilities be added to the list of 
settings in which buprenorphine induction and maintenance can occur.
    Response: Any facility that meets the requirements of a qualified 
practice setting will be considered a qualified practice setting.
    Comment: One commenter suggested any medical facility offering MAT 
should offer both buprenorphine and Vivitrol[supreg].
    Response: HHS supports the full array of services, including 
medications, that comprise evidence-based MAT, but this requirement is 
beyond its scope.
    Comment: HHS received a comment expressing concerns that the rule 
will consolidate the use of medication in large treatment centers, 
which will lead to increased prices for patients.
    Response: HHS expects that the practitioners who obtain a waiver to 
prescribe to up to 275 patients as well as additional practitioners who 
decide to obtain a waiver for 30 or 100 patients either in an effort to 
eventually obtain a 275 patient limit or because they feel more 
confident that treatment capacity in the community is sufficient to 
keep them from being overwhelmed by demand, will increase access to MAT 
at both individual practices as well as among practitioners affiliated 
with treatment centers. HHS does not have information to assess how 
this will impact patient prices for care.
After-Hours Coverage
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that all practitioners 
who prescribe MAT should have after-hours coverage, regardless of the 
size of the practice.
    Response: Adopting the approach urged by the commenter, which would 
apply to all practitioners prescribing MAT regardless of their 
authorized patient limit, is beyond the scope of the rule.
Health Information Technology (Health IT)
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments requesting 
clarification about what exactly constitutes a qualifying use of health 
IT. Specifically, the commenter asked whether the definition of 
``meaningful use'' under the Medicare regulations would apply, and 
whether a program specifically designed for medical use would be 
required or if a practitioner could simply maintain a spreadsheet of 
all enrolled patients.
    Response: The rule requires that practitioners use health IT like 
electronic health records or health information exchanges only if such 
records are otherwise required to be used in the practitioner's 
practice setting. The rule does not create a new requirement to use 
electronic health records.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that electronic health 
records are not as efficient as paper reporting.
    Response: HHS disagrees. Some of the specific benefits associated 
with electronic health records include the ability to access patient 
charts remotely, the receipt of notifications about potential medical 
errors, the receipt of important reminders about providing preventive 
care and meeting clinical guidelines, and the ability to communicate 
directly with patients. All of these benefits enable practitioners to 
make well-informed, safe, and timely treatment decisions and ultimately 
provide higher-quality care.
Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs (PDMPs)
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments expressing 
concerns about the requirement to check PDMPs. These comments noted 
that not all States have operational PDMPs and questioned the extent to 
which PDMPs benefit patients.
    Response: HHS supports PDMPs as a tool to address opioid use 
disorders and notes that at the time of the proposed rule, there were 
49 States with operational PDMPs. The rule requires the use of a PDMP 
where a program is operational and its use is permitted/required in 
accordance with State law.
    Comment: Several comments stated that providers should be 
incentivized to use PDMPs. One commenter recommended that the final 
rule require regular review of the PDMP for patients receiving 
buprenorphine and documentation of the reviews in the patient's chart. 
Another commenter

[[Page 44721]]

suggested a mandatory review of State PDMPs on each visit to make 
certain that buprenorphine/naloxone is filled appropriately and no 
other narcotics are being prescribed.
    Response: HHS understands this comment to refer to all patients who 
may be prescribed buprenorphine. HHS appreciates these comments; but 
the suggestions fall beyond the scope of this rule.
    Comment: One comment requested that HHS provide assistance to 
States in developing and improving prescription drug monitoring 
programs.
    Response: Providing assistance to States in developing and 
improving PDMPs is outside the scope of the rule, but HHS does have 
several programs that have provided this assistance to States in the 
past and has a program at CDC that currently does so. More information 
can be found here--http://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/pdmp/states.html.
    Comment: One commenter stated that registration with a State 
prescription database should be a requirement for all waivered 
physicians, not just the ones with the higher limit.
    Response: Imposing requirements on practitioners treating patients 
for all waivered practitioners is beyond the scope of this rule.
Provision of Behavioral Health Services
    Comment: HHS received a comment requesting clarification about how 
a qualified practice is required to provide access to case management 
services and whether providing the phone number for other providers 
would satisfy this requirement.
    Response: The intent of the requirement is that a practitioner have 
services available on site or have a referring relationship to case 
management or counseling services that allows for warm hand-offs of the 
patient and ongoing care coordination, not just the ability to provide 
a phone number.
    Comment: HHS received numerous comments about the need for 
comprehensive psychosocial or case management treatment and team-based 
care along with buprenorphine.
    Response: HHS agrees that comprehensive behavioral support services 
are a critical component of the effective delivery of MAT, including 
buprenorphine-based MAT. The standard of care \2\ includes the 
provision of behavioral health support services and HHS encourages all 
practitioners who are authorized to prescribe buprenorphine to ensure 
that their patients receive these services.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Clinical Guidelines 
for the Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment of Opioid Addiction. 
Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. DHHS Publication No. 
(SMA) 04-3939. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
Services Administration, 2004
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments in favor of 
raising the patient limit without requiring formal counseling. One 
commenter stated that many patients feel that attending less formal 
counseling that is not delivered by licensed or certified health care 
professionals such as Narcotics Anonymous meetings are 
counterproductive.
    Response: HHS believes that in order to ensure quality care, 
providing behavioral health support services is a key component to 
delivering effective MAT and encourages all practitioners prescribing 
covered medications to ensure that their patients receive it. The 
selection of behavioral health support services is a clinical decision 
to be made between the practitioner and the patient.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments requesting that it 
provide a clearer definition of the format of referral to behavioral 
health providers. One commenter requested that HHS issue guidance that 
clearly defines the format of referral agreements. One comment 
requested that HHS define the format of referral to behavioral health 
services to require active referring rather than just the capacity to 
refer. Similarly, another commenter recommended that providers with a 
waiver to prescribe buprenorphine be required to include a Letter of 
Agreement with an organization for counseling services.
    Response: HHS believes that limiting the referral to a specific 
format may be unduly restrictive and have unintended consequences. As 
noted earlier, HHS declines to require a specific written agreement as 
part of the behavioral health services component of the qualified 
practice setting definition, but may provide further guidance with 
respect to example referral agreements at a later date.
    Comment: HHS received a comment asking whether a peer recovery 
support specialist would be considered capable of meeting the 
requirements for providing behavioral health services.
    Response: Peer recovery support services are one possible 
behavioral health service. The selection of specific psycho-social 
interventions is a clinical decision to be made between the 
practitioner and the patient.
    Comment: HHS received a comment noting that current guidelines for 
concurrent psychosocial treatment with buprenorphine are not enforced 
and, as a result, raising the patient limit may not effectively 
increase access to care.
    Response: The enforcement of concurrent psychosocial treatment with 
buprenorphine exceeds the scope of this rule.
Third-Party Payment
    Comment: HHS received numerous comments expressing concerns with 
the requirement that practitioners prescribe in a setting that accepts 
third-party payment.
    Response: This requirement was created to minimize the public 
health and safety risks, such as diversion, that are associated with 
dispensing or prescribing medications that are not supported by an 
appropriate medical diagnosis and assessment of medical need. Such 
risks are often associated with ``cash only: entities that do not 
accept any third-party payment for services. Using third-party payment 
provides a record that buprenorphine has been provided to an individual 
and thus allows for more accountability, lowering the risk of 
diversion. However, not everyone who needs treatment has a third-party 
payer (e.g., insurance or Medicaid coverage). Thus, to avoid creating 
more barriers to treatment for these individuals, this regulation would 
not require third-party payment for all patients by practitioners 
operating at the higher patient limit and instead would only require 
that the provider be authorized and capable of billing third-party 
payers as an indication of their level of accountability. Moreover, 
with increasing coverage of substance use disorder treatment through 
private insurance and Medicaid programs in many States, substance use 
disorder treatment providers should have additional incentives to 
qualify and engage in third-party billing.
    Comment: HHS received a comment requesting clarification on whether 
a practice would need to accept all third-party payment sources, 
including Medicare and Medicaid. The commenter also asked whether a 
practitioner can require payment in cash but provide billing 
information for the patient to submit to their insurance for 
reimbursement.
    Response: Practitioners who qualify for the higher patient limit by 
practicing in a qualified practice setting must be able to accept 
third-party payments. However, the intention of the requirement is not 
that the practitioner must accept only third-party payments or must 
accept all third-party payment sources. Rather, the practitioner in a 
qualified practice setting must accept at least some third-party 
payment systems. The practitioner in a qualified practice

[[Page 44722]]

setting cannot have a ``cash only'' business.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that physicians be 
incentivized to care for Medicaid patients by not counting a certain 
number of Medicaid patients towards their higher limit.
    Response: This issue is beyond the scope of this rule.
    Comment: HHS received several comments stating that the requirement 
to accept third-party payments should be expanded to include all 
individuals with the higher patient limit, not just those using the 
``qualified practice setting'' exception.
    Response: The elements of a qualified practice setting are intended 
to provide practitioners who have not qualified for the higher patient 
limit as a result of possessing additional credentialing as defined in 
Sec.  8.2 with the necessary specialty training to prevent diversion 
and provide quality services. HHS declines to incorporate this approach 
into the rule.
Diversion Control Plan
    Comment: HHS received numerous comments about the need for formal 
diversion mitigation strategies, such as wrapper counts, drug testing, 
enforcement of the parity law for treatment, and the use of more 
efficient and lower dose, dual therapy preparations.
    Response: HHS agrees that a diversion plan is important. The final 
rule requires that providers who receive the higher patient limit 
attest to having such a plan. The specifics of the diversion plan will 
be left to the individual practitioner.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that physicians obtain 
a written agreement from each patient stating that the patient: Will 
receive an initial assessment and treatment plan; will be subject to 
medication adherence and substance use monitoring; and understands all 
available treatment options, including all FDA-approved drugs for 
treatment of opioid use disorder and their potential risks and 
benefits.
    Response: HHS supports the intent of the comment but these issues 
are related to provider-patient relationships and therefore beyond the 
scope of this rule.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, and considering the 
comments received, HHS is finalizing the provisions as proposed in 
Sec.  8.615 without modification.
Subpart F--Process To Request a Higher Patient Limit of 275 (Sec.  
8.620)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.620 to describe the process to request a 
patient limit of 200. Similar to the waiver process for the 30 and 100 
patient limits, the process would begin with filing a form, in this 
case, a Request for Patient Limit Increase. A proposed draft of the 
Request for Patient Limit Increase was posted along with the NPRM and 
has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for final 
review. The higher patient limit would carry with it greater 
responsibility for behavioral health services, care coordination, 
diversion control, and continuity of care in emergencies and for 
transfer of care in the event that the practitioner does not request 
renewal of the higher patient limit or the practitioner's renewal 
request is denied. The new Request for Patient Limit Increase process 
would require providers to affirm that they would meet these 
requirements. HHS proposed definitions of ``behavioral health 
services,'' ``diversion control plan,'' ``emergency situation,'' 
``nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines,'' and ``practitioner 
incapacity'' in Sec.  8.2 to assist practitioners in understanding what 
is expected of them in making these attestations. These 
responsibilities would be aligned with the standards of ethical medical 
and business practice and are not expected to be burdensome to 
practitioners. Single State Authorities, State Opioid Treatment 
Authorities and other resources/entities exist to help in the 
development of patient placement in the event that transfer to other 
addiction treatment would be required, for example, if a practitioner 
chose to no longer practice at the higher patient limit. HHS proposed 
that practitioners approved at the higher limit would also be required 
to reaffirm their ongoing eligibility to fulfill these requirements 
every 3 years as described in Sec.  8.640.
    The comments and our responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a comment expressing the following concerns 
about the Request for Patient Limit Increase form: Question 7A9 assumes 
that physicians have an ``original'' 100 patients, and additional 
patients above the 100 patient level who would need to be transferred 
elsewhere in the event that a physician's renewal request for the 
higher patient limit is denied. However, the commenter noted that it is 
unrealistic to assume that a physician would be treating the exact same 
original 100 patients three years, or even one year, after being 
approved to treat more than 100 patients.
    Response: The patient level refers to those patients the 
practitioner is treating at the time the request is denied. It is the 
practitioner's responsibility to review his or her case load and 
identify which patients over the 100 patient limit he or she will 
notify.
    Comment: A commenter noted that Question 8 requires physicians to 
certify that they will only use Schedule III, IV, or V drugs or 
combinations of drugs that have been approved by the FDA for use in 
maintenance or detoxification treatment and that have not been the 
subject of an adverse determination. The commenter requests information 
about the purpose of this certification, as it appears to be a 
significant restriction on a physician's ability to practice medicine 
and prescribe other medications as needed.
    Response: The certification check box on the Request for Patient 
Limit Increase is to ensure that waivered practitioners certify that 
they are using only medications covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C). 
Patients for whom a practitioner does not dispense or prescribe covered 
medications should not be counted against the patient limit. This does 
not mean that practitioners are prohibited from prescribing medications 
to treat conditions other than a substance use disorder among their 
office-based opioid treatment with buprenorphine patients.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that it consider the 
impact of the 42 CFR part 2 substance use disorder treatment 
confidentiality provisions on patients who do not share their substance 
use records with their other providers.
    Response: The appropriate sharing of patient information is 
important. As such, HHS included an attestation that practitioners 
receiving a waiver to treat up to 275 patients provide appropriate 
releases of information, in accordance with Federal and State laws and 
regulations, including the Health Information Portability and 
Accountability Act and implementing regulations and 42 CFR part 2.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, and considering the 
comments received, HHS is finalizing the provisions as proposed in 
Sec.  8.620 without modification.
Subpart F--How Will a Patient Request for a Higher Limit Be Processed 
(Sec.  8.625)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.625 to describe how SAMHSA will process a 
Request for Patient Limit Increase. The process

[[Page 44723]]

for requesting a higher patient limit would be processed similarly to 
how the current 30 or 100 patient waiver is processed, with one 
difference. Whereas the lower patient limit waivers are not time 
limited, the waiver for the higher limit would have a term not to 
exceed 3 years with the option for renewal. Thus, a practitioner would 
be required to submit a new Request for Patient Limit Increase every 3 
years if he or she desired to continue treating up to the higher 
patient limit. In addition, we proposed, among other things, that if 
SAMHSA denied a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase on 
the basis of deficiencies that could be resolved, SAMHSA would allow a 
designated time period for resolving such deficiencies. We also 
proposed that, if such deficiencies are not resolved during the 
designated time period, SAMHSA would deny the practitioner's Request 
for Patient Limit Increase. It should be noted that DEA has independent 
enforcement authority and this rule in no way affects that authority or 
changes the way in which DEA and SAMHSA interact with respect to 
waivers.
    After considering this process, the Department has made a minor 
modification to Sec.  8.625(c) by replacing the word ``will'' with the 
word ``may'' in the last sentence of this paragraph. This modification 
gives SAMHSA the flexibility to approve a practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase, if, for example, relevant deficiencies are 
resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA shortly after the expiration of 
the designated time period.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that the length of the 
term to prescribe buprenorphine should gradually increase to a term of 
3 years. The commenter stated that initially it should be a 1-year 
term, then a 2-year term, and then a 3-year term thereafter.
    Response: HHS has sought to strike the right balance between 
encouraging practitioners to apply for the higher patient limit and 
ensuring that they are providing high quality care. HHS believes that 
asking practitioners to submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase 
more frequently than every 3 years would create an unnecessary burden 
and act as a deterrent to requesting the higher limit.
    Comment: HHS received one comment suggesting that, rather than 
using a 3-year term, the highest patient limit should be based on a 
periodic review of the practice and its outcome statistics.
    Response: HHS does not have the administrative capacity to conduct 
a periodic review of all waivered practitioners' outcome statistics and 
other aspects of their practices beyond its anticipated oversight 
activities to ensure compliance with the rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment suggesting that the turn-around 
time for approving waiver requests be shortened from 45 to 30 days.
    Response: HHS appreciates the commenters desire to shorten the time 
frame within which SAMHSA would process a Patient Request for a Higher 
Limit; however, due to staff and resource limitations, HHS believes the 
45 day time period is a balanced approach for ensuring requests are 
turned around in an appropriate time frame to meet both the 
practitioner and SAMHSA's needs. HHS notes that it views this timeframe 
as a maximum, not a minimum, and will endeavor to process these 
requests quickly.
Summary of Regulatory Changes
    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule and considering the 
comment HHS received, HHS is finalizing the provisions as proposed in 
Sec.  8.625 with the exception of the word change noted in Sec.  
8.625(c).
Subpart F--What must practitioners do in order to maintain their 
approval to treat up to 275 patients under Sec.  8.625 (Sec.  8.630)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.630 to describe the conditions for maintaining 
a waiver for each 3-year period for which waivers are valid, including 
maintenance of all eligibility requirements specified in Sec.  8.610, 
and all attestations made in accordance with Sec.  8.620(b). Compliance 
with the requirements specified in Sec.  8.620 would have to be 
continuous.
    HHS did not receive any comments specific to Sec.  8.630.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    HHS did not receive any comments on this provision. Therefore, for 
the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, HHS is finalizing the 
provisions as proposed in Sec.  8.630 without modification.
Subpart F--RESERVED (Sec.  8.635)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.635 to describe the reporting requirements for 
practitioners whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved 
under Sec.  8.625. HHS requested comments on whether the proposed 
reporting periods and deadline could be combined with other, existing 
reporting requirements in a way that would make reporting less 
burdensome for practitioners. HHS proposed the following reporting 
requirements:

a. The average monthly caseload of patients receiving buprenorphine-
based MAT, per year
b. Percentage of active buprenorphine patients (patients in treatment 
as of reporting date) that received psychosocial or case management 
services (either by direct provision or by referral) in the past year 
due to:
    1. Treatment initiation
    2. Change in clinical status
c. Percentage of patients who had a prescription drug monitoring 
program query in the past month
d. Number of patients at the end of the reporting year who:
    1. Have completed an appropriate course of treatment with 
buprenorphine in order for the patient to achieve and sustain recovery
    2. Are not being seen by the provider due to referral by the 
provider to a more or less intensive level of care
    3. No longer desire to continue use of buprenorphine
    4. Are no longer receiving buprenorphine for reasons other than 1-
3.

    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    HHS received a number of comments on these requirements. Many 
commenters expressed concern that the reporting requirements were 
burdensome and could decrease practitioners' interest in reaching the 
higher patient limit. Some commenters said that the reporting 
requirements would not ensure the appropriate level of behavioral 
health care. There were other concerns that the requirements were not 
consistent between practitioners who had waivers to treat up to 100 
patients and practitioners with the higher patient limit. In addition, 
there was confusion about the periodicity of the reporting 
requirements. Overall, many commenters requested clarity.
    HHS proposed to include reporting requirements as part of its 
approach to increasing access to MAT while ensuring that patients 
receive the full array of services that comprise evidence-based MAT and 
minimizing the risk that the medications provided for treatment are 
misused or diverted. HHS appreciates the comments received and, in 
light of them, has decided to delay finalizing this section of the 
proposed rule and to publish elsewhere in this issue of Federal 
Register a Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on the reporting 
requirements proposed in Sec.  8.635 of the

[[Page 44724]]

NPRM. As explained in the Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register, HHS will 
consider the public comments on this Supplemental Notice as well as 
comments already received on the March 30, 2016 NPRM in finalizing the 
reporting requirements. We expect to finalize the reporting 
requirements expeditiously following the receipt of additional public 
comment.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    HHS is reserving Sec.  8.635
Subpart F--Process for Renewing Patient Limit Increase Approval (Sec.  
8.640)
    We proposed Sec.  8.640 to describe the process for a practitioner 
renewing his or her approval for the higher patient limit. In order for 
a practitioner to renew an approval, he or she would have to submit a 
renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the 
procedures outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the 
expiration of the approval term.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received several comments recommending that the 
renewal request be synchronized with the renewal of the DEA 
registration in an effort to reduce administrative burdens.
    Response: HHS agrees that coordination among Federal agencies is 
beneficial and will work with DEA to synchronize these forms to the 
extent possible.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that the current 
certification and recertification process should be retained and that 
additional recertification requirements are unnecessary. The commenter 
also stated that the DEA registration renewal process, as well as the 
regular oversight of waivered physicians conducted by SAMHSA, is 
sufficient to ensure safety and proper prescribing practices and that a 
duplicative recertification process will only discourage participation 
by providers.
    Response: HHS believes that due to the fact that practitioners with 
the higher patient limit will now be able to treat up to almost 3 times 
as many patients as prior to the rule, additional requirements related 
to renewing the practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase is 
prudent to ensure high quality care and minimize diversion.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that the 90 day timeline 
for receiving approval is too long. The commenter also stated that 
language should be added regarding when a response to a request should 
be provided and what one does when the response does not come by the 
stated time.
    Response: HHS believes the commenter was confused with respect to 
the 90 day time period. The NPRM indicated that ``Practitioners who 
intend to continue to treat up to 200 patients beyond their current 3 
year approval term must submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit 
Increase in accordance with the procedures outlined under Sec.  8.620 
at least 90 days before the expiration of their approval term.'' It 
does not state that SAMHSA has 90 days to process the renewal request. 
In addition, the proposed rule states that ``If SAMHSA does not reach a 
final decision on a renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase before 
the expiration of a practitioner's approval term, the practitioner's 
existing approval term will be deemed extended until SAMHSA reaches a 
final decision.'' Thus, the preamble of the proposed rule discusses 
what happens if the response from SAMHSA is not obtained by a certain 
date.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, and considering the 
comments received, HHS is finalizing the provisions as proposed in 
Sec.  8.640 without modification.
Subpart F--Responsibilities of Practitioners Who Do Not Submit a 
Renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase or Whose Renewal Request Is 
Denied (Sec.  8.645)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.645 to describe the responsibilities of 
practitioners who do not submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit 
Increase or whose renewal request is denied. Under Sec.  8.620(b)(7), 
practitioners would notify all patients affected above the 100 patient 
limit that the practitioner would no longer be able to provide MAT 
services using covered medications and would make every effort to 
transfer patients to other addiction treatment.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    HHS did not receive any comments on this provision. Therefore, for 
the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, HHS is finalizing the 
provisions as proposed in Sec.  8.645 without modification.
Subpart F--Suspension or Revocation of a Practitioner's Patient Limit 
Increase Approval (Sec.  8.650)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.650 to describe under what circumstances 
SAMHSA would suspend or revoke a practitioner's patient limit increase 
of 200. If SAMHSA had reason to believe that immediate action would be 
necessary to protect public health or safety, SAMHSA would suspend the 
practitioner's patient limit increase of 200. If SAMHSA determined that 
the practitioner had made misrepresentations in his or her Request for 
Patient Limit Increase, or if the practitioner no longer satisfied the 
requirements of this subpart, or he or she had been found to have 
violated the CSA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a), SAMHSA would revoke the 
practitioner's patient limit increase of 200. It should be noted that 
DEA has independent enforcement authority and this rule in no way 
affects that authority or changes the way in which DEA and SAMHSA 
interact with respect to waivers.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a comment that practitioners who perform 
poorly on outcome and quality measures should be limited to 100 
patients or less, or even have their waiver revoked if outcomes and 
quality are extremely poor.
    Response: HHS believes allowing for suspension or revocation when 
SAMHSA determines that a practitioner no longer satisfies the 
requirements of the rule is appropriate and commensurate with ensuring 
that patients receive quality care. Additionally, such requirements 
relating to practitioners who have waivers to treat up to 30 and 100 
patients are beyond the scope of this rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment requesting that we add an appeals 
mechanism for physicians to dispute erroneous determinations of not 
being in compliance with requirements for the patient limit increase.
    Response: HHS declines to set forth a specific appeal mechanism in 
the rule, but notes that practitioners are able to re-apply if their 
Request for Patient Limit Increase is denied.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    The proposed language under Sec.  8.650 provided only one 
circumstance under which SAMHSA could suspend a practitioner's Patient 
Limit Increase approval, and three instances under which SAMHSA could 
revoke this approval. After further consideration, HHS has modified the 
language in Sec.  8.650 in an effort to allow the Secretary to suspend 
or revoke a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase approval 
on the basis of any of

[[Page 44725]]

the criteria identified in this section to provide additional 
flexibility. For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule and 
considering the comments received, HHS is finalizing the remaining 
provisions of this section as proposed in the NPRM.
Subpart F--Practitioner Patient Limit Increase During Emergency 
Situations (Sec.  8.655)
    HHS proposed Sec.  8.655 to describe the process, including the 
information and documentation necessary, for a practitioner with an 
approved 100 patient limit to request approval to temporarily treat up 
to 200 patients in an emergency situation. The intention of this 
provision is to help assure continuity of care for patients whose care 
might otherwise be abruptly terminated due to the death or disability 
of their practitioner. This provision would also help communities 
respond rapidly to a sudden increase in demand for medication-assisted 
treatment. Sudden increases in demand for treatment may be experienced 
when there is a local disease outbreak associated with drug use, or 
when a natural or human-caused disaster either displaces persons in 
treatment from their practitioner or program or destroys program 
infrastructure. The emergency provision generally would not be intended 
to correct poor resource deployment due to lack of planning. The 
emergency provision of the proposed rule would only be considered if 
other options for addressing the increased demand for medication-
assisted treatment could not address the situation.
    HHS proposed that the practitioner must provide information and 
documentation that: (1) Describes the emergency situation in sufficient 
detail so as to allow a determination to be made regarding whether the 
emergency qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2, 
and that provides a justification for an immediate increase in that 
practitioner's patient limit; (2) identifies a period of time in which 
the higher patient limit should apply, and provides a rationale for the 
period of time requested; and (3) describes an explicit and feasible 
plan to meet the public and individual health needs of the impacted 
persons once the practitioner's approval to treat up to the higher 
patient limit expires. Prior to taking action on a practitioner's 
request under this section, SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent 
practicable, with the appropriate governmental authorities in order to 
determine whether the emergency situation that a practitioner describes 
justifies an immediate increase in the higher patient limit. If, after 
consultation with the governmental authorities, SAMHSA determines that 
a practitioner's request under this section should be granted, SAMHSA 
will notify the practitioner that his or her request has been approved. 
The period of such approval shall not exceed six months. A practitioner 
wishing to receive an extension of the approval period granted must 
submit a request to SAMHSA at least 30 days before the expiration of 
the six month period and certify that the emergency situation 
continues. Except as provided in this section and Sec.  8.650, 
requirements in other sections under subpart F do not apply to 
practitioners receiving waivers in this section.
    The comments and HHS responses are set forth below.
    Comment: HHS received a comment that the governmental authority, 
not the physician, should make a request to temporarily treat the 
higher patient limit in emergency situations.
    Response: The waiver authorized under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) may be 
granted to practitioners who dispense or prescribe covered medications 
to patients. Therefore, only practitioners may request a temporary 
patient limit increase under emergency situations. However, along with 
working with practitioners, SAMHSA will consult, to the extent 
possible, with governmental authorities to address emergency 
situations.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that it focus 
resources on creating sustainable, expanded treatment capacity to 
relieve those physicians impacted by the emergency request who may not 
be qualified or have the infrastructure to treat over 100 patients per 
the proposed rule.
    Response: HHS agrees with the commenter that sustainable, expanded 
treatment capacity is the goal for all practitioners who experience 
emergency situations. By granting an extension of the six-month 
emergency provision, this will allow practitioners with a waiver to 
treat up to 100 patients, with up to a year of experience with 
prescribing covered medications, and will better position them to apply 
for a Request for Patient Limit Increase.
    Comment: HHS received a small number of comments asking how quickly 
providers will be notified about whether they are approved to increase 
their patient limit during an emergency, with one commenter requesting 
that this information be included in the final rule. Another commenter 
recommended that providers receive a response within 48 to 72 hours.
    Response: Every effort will be made to assure prompt decision-
making and communication regarding requests to increase a 
practitioner's patient limit in response to an emergency. Given the 
wide variety of situations, number of stakeholders and decision-makers 
involved, and range of acuity of possible emergency situations, a 
specific deadline will not be established in the final rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment that the application process for an 
emergency should be simplified.
    Response: HHS believes the application process outlined in the rule 
is necessary to ensure public safety and welfare. Furthermore, HHS 
believes that there is a compelling reason to require an application 
process given that the practitioner could be taking on almost 3 times 
as many patients without the necessary training or qualified practice 
setting supports.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that the State Opioid 
Treatment Authority or Single State Agency determine whether physicians 
can assure continuous access to care in the event of practitioner 
incapacity or emergency and whether physicians will be able to notify 
all patients that they are no longer able to provide buprenorphine, in 
the event that the request for the higher patient limit is not renewed 
or the renewal request is denied.
    Response: HHS cannot address this issue within the scope of this 
rule.
    Comment: HHS received a comment stating that emergency provisions 
should be explicitly expanded to include exemption from the patient 
limit for categories of patients in immediate need of treatment where 
no other practitioner is available. The comment specifically mentioned 
pregnant women with an opioid use disorder, and persons with a recent 
non-fatal opioid overdose.
    Response: The patient limit applies to practitioners and not 
patients; therefore, the circumstances related to the availability of 
practitioners with waivers must dictate the emergency, not the 
circumstances of individual patients.
    Comment: HHS received a comment recommending that practitioners be 
able to treat an unlimited number of patients during an emergency.
    Response: HHS does not believe that this approach is warranted at 
this time.
    Comment: HHS received several comments describing a need for a 
clearer definition of emergency situations.
    Response: HHS' intent is to reserve this option for true emergency 
situations. Recognizing that no two

[[Page 44726]]

emergencies look the same, HHS envisions that this option for a 
temporary higher patient limit could be triggered when a waivered 
practitioner dies or becomes physically or mentally incapacitated or 
whose waiver is suspended or revoked. Other possible scenarios include: 
Unforeseen displacement of a large population of individuals in need of 
medication-assisted treatment due to disaster; outbreak of acute 
infections that are blood borne or otherwise associated with injection 
drug use such as HIV. In all cases the emergency increase of a 
practitioner's patient limit is meant to be temporary. The affected 
community and practitioner(s) should plan to definitively meet the need 
for treatment and resolve the emergency by expanding all forms of MAT 
and meeting criteria for the higher patient limit via non-emergency 
criteria at the earliest possible date.

Summary of Regulatory Changes

    For the reasons set forth in the proposed rule, and considering the 
comments received, HHS is finalizing the provisions as proposed in 
Sec.  8.655 without modification.

III. Information Collection Requirements

    The NPRM called for new collections of information under the 
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The final rule calls for the most of 
the same collections of information as the NPRM. As defined in 
implementing regulations, ``collection of information'' comprises 
reporting, recordkeeping, monitoring, posting, labeling, and other 
similar actions. In this section, we first identify and describe the 
types of information applicants and waivered practitioners must collect 
and report, and then we provide an estimate of the total annual burden. 
The estimate covers the employees' time for reviewing and posting the 
collections required.
    Title: Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders.
    OMB Control Number: 0930-03XX.
    Summary of the Collection of Information: The final rule estimates 
up to six categories of information collection, each of which is 
described in the following analysis:
    A. Approval, 42 CFR 8.620(a) through (c): In order for a 
practitioner to receive approval for a patient limit of 275, a 
practitioner must meet all of the requirements specified in Sec.  8.610 
and submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA that includes 
all of the following:
     Completed 3-page Request for Patient Limit Increase Form, 
a draft of which was posted in the public docket along with the NPRM;
     Statement certifying that the practitioner:
    [cir] Will adhere to nationally recognized evidence-based 
guidelines for the treatment of patients with opioid use disorders;
    [cir] Will provide patients with necessary behavioral health 
services as defined in Sec.  8.2 or will provide such services through 
an established formal agreement with another entity to provide 
behavioral health services;
    [cir] Will provide appropriate releases of information, in 
accordance with Federal and State laws and regulations, including the 
Health Information Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Rule and 
part 2, if applicable, to permit the coordination of care with 
behavioral health, medical, and other service practitioners;
    [cir] Will use patient data to inform the improvement of outcomes;
    [cir] Will adhere to a diversion control plan to manage the covered 
medications and reduce the possibility of diversion of covered 
medications from legitimate treatment use;
    [cir] Has considered how to assure continuous access to care in the 
event of practitioner incapacity or an emergency situation that would 
impact a patient's access to care as defined in Sec.  8.2; and
    [cir] Will notify all patients above the 100 patient level, in the 
event that the request for the higher patient limit is not renewed or 
the renewal request is denied, that the practitioner will no longer be 
able to provide MAT services using buprenorphine to them and make every 
effort to transfer patients to other addiction treatment.
    B. Diversion Control Plan, 42 CFR 8.12(c)(2): Creating and 
maintaining a diversion control plan is one of the requirements that 
practitioners must attest to before they are approved to treat at the 
higher limit. This plan is not required to be submitted to SAMHSA.
    C. Renewal, 42 CFR 8.640: Describes the process for a practitioner 
renewing his or her approval for the higher patient limit. In order for 
a practitioner to renew an approval, he or she must submit a renewal 
Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the procedures 
outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the expiration of 
the approval term.
    D. Patient Notice, 42 CFR 8.645: Describes the responsibilities of 
practitioners who do not submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit 
Increase or whose renewal request is denied. Practitioners who do not 
renew their Request for Patient Limit Increase or whose renewal request 
is denied must notify all patients above the 100 patient limit that the 
practitioner will no longer be able to provide MAT services using 
covered medications and make every effort to transfer patients to other 
addiction treatment. The Patient Notice is a model notice to guide 
practitioners in this situation when they notify their patients.
    E. Emergency Provisions, 42 CFR 8.655: Describes the process for 
practitioners with a current waiver to prescribe up to 100 patients, 
and who are not otherwise eligible to treat up to 275 patients, to 
request a temporary increase to treat up to 275 patients in order to 
address emergency situations as defined in Sec.  8.2. To initiate this 
process, the practitioner shall provide information and documentation 
that: (1) Describes the emergency situation in sufficient detail so as 
to allow a determination to be made regarding whether the situation 
qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2, and that 
provides a justification for an immediate increase in that 
practitioner's patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of time, not 
longer than 6 months, in which the higher patient limit should apply, 
and provides a rationale for the period of time requested; and (3) 
Describes an explicit and feasible plan to meet the public and 
individual health needs of the impacted persons once the practitioner's 
approval to treat up to 275 patients expires. If a practitioner wishes 
to receive an extension of the approval period granted under this 
section, he or she must submit a request to SAMHSA at least 30 days 
before the expiration of the 6-month period, and certify that the 
emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2 necessitating an increased 
patient limit continues.
    Annual burden estimates for these requirements are summarized in 
the following table:

[[Page 44727]]



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Burden/
             42 CFR citation                 Purpose of submission      Number of    Responses/     response    Total burden   Hourly wage   Total wage
                                                                       respondents   respondent       (hr.)        (hrs.)       cost ($)      cost ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.620(a) through (c)....................  Request for Patient Limit            517             1            .5           259         93.74        24,232
                                           Increase.
8.12(c)(2)..............................  Diversion Control Plan....           517             1            .5           259         93.74        24,232
8.640...................................  Renewal Request for a                  0             1            .5             0         93.74             0
                                           Patient Limit Increase.
8.645...................................  Patient Notice............             0             1             3             0         93.74             0
8.655(d)................................  Request for a Temporary               10             1             3            30         64.47         1,934
                                           Patient Increase for an
                                           Emergency.
                                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total...............................  ..........................         2,394  ............  ............         4,598  ............        50,398
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that these estimates differ from those found in the RIA 
because the estimates here are wage cost estimates while the estimates 
in the RIA are resource cost estimates which incorporate costs 
associated with overhead and benefits.
    HHS received several comments regarding the Collection of 
Information.
    One commenter wanted to include in the Request for Patient Limit 
Increase information that required the implementation of random tablet/
film counts and urine screens. Another commenter wanted mandatory 
Point-of-Care Urine Drug Screens on each visit to document the presence 
of buprenorphine/naloxone and the absence of other opioids. HHS also 
received a comment recommending that drug testing be included as part 
of treatment with buprenorphine and thus noted in the information that 
would be collected in the Request for Patient Limit Increase.
    HHS believes that drug screens are likely part of a practitioner's 
diversion control plan and part of the data that will inform the 
practitioner's ability to help the patient achieve better outcomes. 
Thus, HHS is not revising the information to be collected as part of 
the Request for Patient Limit Increase.
    HHS received a comment recommending that pharmacists be included in 
the pool of practitioners to which a release of information should be 
considered.
    HHS believes it may be appropriate to release certain information 
to pharmacists if the patient provides consent. HHS declines to require 
that pharmacists be included in the pool of practitioners to which 
information may be released.

 IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis

A. Introduction

    HHS has examined the impact of this final rule under Executive 
Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), 
Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review 
(January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-
354, September 19, 1980), the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
(Pub. L. 104-4, March 22, 1995), and Executive Order 13132 on 
Federalism (August 4, 1999).
    Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and 
benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is 
necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits 
(including potential economic, environmental, public health, and safety 
effects; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive Order 13563 is 
supplemental to and reaffirms the principles, structures, and 
definitions governing regulatory review as established in Executive 
Order 12866. HHS expects that this final rule will have an annual 
effect on the economy of $100 million or more in at least 1 year and 
therefore is a significant regulatory action as defined by Executive 
Order 12866.
    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies that issue a 
regulation to analyze options for regulatory relief of small businesses 
if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. The RFA generally defines a ``small entity'' as: (1) A 
proprietary firm meeting the size standards of the Small Business 
Administration; (2) a nonprofit organization that is not dominant in 
its field; or (3) a small government jurisdiction with a population of 
less than 50,000 (States and individuals are not included in the 
definition of ``small entity''). HHS considers a rule to have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities 
if at least 5 percent of small entities experience an impact of more 
than 3 percent of revenue. HHS anticipates that the final rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. We provide supporting analysis in section F.
    Section 202(a) of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires 
that agencies prepare a written statement, which includes an assessment 
of anticipated costs and benefits, before proposing ``any rule that 
includes any Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by 
State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the 
private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for 
inflation) in any one year.'' The current threshold after adjustment 
for inflation is $146 million, using the most current (2015) implicit 
price deflator for the gross domestic product. HHS expects this final 
rule to result in expenditures that would exceed this amount.
    Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an 
agency must meet when it promulgates a rule that imposes substantial 
direct requirement costs on State and local governments or has 
federalism implications. HHS has determined that the final rule does 
not contain policies that would have substantial direct effects on the 
States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the 
States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the 
various levels of government. The changes in the rule represent the 
Federal Government regulating its own program. Accordingly, HHS 
concludes that the final rule does not contain policies that have 
federalism implications as defined in Executive Order 13132 and, 
consequently, a federalism summary impact statement is not required.

B. Summary of the Final Rule

    Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows 
individual practitioners to dispense and prescribe Schedule III, IV, or 
V controlled substances that have been approved by the FDA specifically 
for use in

[[Page 44728]]

maintenance and detoxification treatment without obtaining the separate 
registration required by 21 CFR 1301.13(e) and imposes a limit on the 
number of patients a practitioner may treat at any one time.
    Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows qualified practitioners 
who file an initial NOI to treat a maximum of 30 patients at a time. 
After one year, the practitioner may file a second NOI indicating his/
her intent to treat up to 100 patients at a time. To qualify, the 
practitioner must be a physician, possess a valid license to practice 
medicine, be a registrant of the DEA, have the capacity to refer 
patients for appropriate counseling and other appropriate ancillary 
services, and have completed required training. The training 
requirement may be satisfied in several ways: one may hold board 
certification in addiction psychiatry from the American Board of 
Medical Specialties or addiction medicine from the American Osteopathic 
Association; hold an addiction certification from the American Society 
of Addiction Medicine (ASAM); complete an 8-hour training provided by 
an approved organization; have participated as an investigator in one 
or more clinical trials leading to the approval of a medication that 
qualifies to be prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or complete other 
training or have such other experience as the State medical licensing 
board or Secretary of HHS considers to demonstrate the ability of the 
practitioner to treat and manage persons with opioid use disorder.
    Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii), the Secretary is 
authorized to promulgate regulations that change the total number of 
patients that a practitioner may treat at any one time.
    The laws pertaining to the utilization of buprenorphine were last 
revised approximately ten years ago at a time when the extent of the 
opioid public health crisis was less well-documented. The purpose of 
the final rule is to expand access to MAT with buprenorphine while 
encouraging practitioners administering buprenorphine to ensure their 
patients can receive the full array of services that comprise evidence-
based MAT and to minimize the risk of drug diversion. The final rule 
revises the highest patient limit from 100 patients per practitioner 
with an existing waiver (waivered practitioner) to 275 patients for 
practitioners who meet certain criteria in addition to those 
established in statute. Practitioners who have had a waiver to treat 
100 patients for at least one year could obtain approval to treat up to 
275 patients if they meet the requirements defined in this final rule 
and after submitting a Request for Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA. 
Practitioners approved to treat up to 275 patients will also be 
required to accept greater responsibility for providing behavioral 
health services and care coordination, and ensuring quality assurance 
and improvement practices, diversion control, and continuity of care in 
emergencies. The higher limit also requires regularly reaffirming the 
practitioner's ongoing eligibility and participating in data reporting 
and monitoring as required by SAMHSA. In addition, practitioners in 
good standing with a current waiver to treat up to 100 patients (i.e., 
the practitioner has filed a NOI and satisfied all required criteria) 
may request approval to treat up to 275 patients in specific emergency 
situations for a limited time period specified in the rule. We 
anticipate that qualifying emergency situations will occur very 
infrequently. As a result, we do not anticipate that this provision 
will contribute significantly to the impact of this final rule. SAMHSA 
will review all emergency situation requests, to the extent 
practicable, in consultation with appropriate governmental authorities 
before such requests are granted. Finally, the final rule defines 
patient limit in such a way that firmly ties the individual patient to 
the prescribing practitioner of record rather than to the covering 
practitioner at a given moment. This will enable waivered practitioners 
to provide reciprocal cross-coverage of patients for brief periods, 
such as weekends or vacations, without being considered to be in excess 
of their respective individual limits. This will help to ensure 
continuity of care in select situations, and we expect that this will 
primarily affect the timing of treatment rather than the quantity of 
treatment. As a result, we do not anticipate that the changes related 
to cross-coverage will contribute significantly to the impact of this 
final rule, and we do not estimate associated costs and benefits.

C. Need for the Rule

    The United States is facing an unprecedented increase in 
prescription opioid misuse, heroin use, and opioid-related overdose 
deaths. In 2014, 18,893 overdose deaths involved prescription opioids 
and 10,574 involved heroin.\3\ Underlying many of these deaths is an 
untreated opioid use disorder.4 5 6 In 2014, more than 2.2 
million people met diagnostic criteria for an opioid use disorder.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ Center for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center 
for Health Statistics, National Vital Statistics System, Mortality 
File. (2015). Number and Age-Adjusted Rates of Drug-poisoning Deaths 
Involving Opioid Analgesics and Heroin: United States, 2000-2014. 
Atlanta, GA: Center for Disease Control and Prevention. Available at 
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_drug_poisoning_involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-2014.pdf.
    \4\ Johnson EM, Lanier WA, Merrill RM, et al. Unintentional 
Prescription opioid-related overdose deaths: description of 
decedents by next of kin or best contact, Utah, 2008-2009. J Gen 
Intern Med. 2013;28(4):522-529.
    \5\ Hall AJ, Logan JE, Toblin RL, et al. Patterns of abuse among 
unintentional pharmaceutical overdose fatalities. JAMA. 
2008;300(22):2613-2620.
    \6\ Bohnert AS, Valenstein M, Bair MJ, et al. Association 
between opioid prescribing patterns and opioid overdose-related 
deaths. JAMA. 2011;305(13):1315-1321.
    \7\ Jones CM. Unpublished analysis of the 2014 National Survey 
on Drug Use and Health Public Use File. 2015.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Beyond the increase in overdose deaths, the health and economic 
consequences of opioid use disorders are substantial. In 2011, the most 
recent year data are available, an estimated 660,000 emergency 
department visits were due to the misuse or abuse of prescription 
opioids, heroin, or both.\8\ A recent analysis estimated the costs 
associated with emergency department and hospital inpatient care for 
opioid abuse-related events in the United States was more than $9 
billion per year.\9\ The societal costs of prescription opioid abuse, 
dependence, and misuse in the United States in 2011 were estimated at 
$55.7 billion annually, not including societal costs related to heroin 
use.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ Id.
    \9\ Chandwani HS, Strassels SA, Rascati KL, Lawson KA, Wilson 
JP. Estimates of charges associated with emergency department and 
hospital inpatient care for opioid abuse-related events. J Pain 
Palliat Care Pharmacother. 2013;27(3):206-13.
    \10\ Birnhaum HG, White AG, Schiller M, Waldman T, et al. 
Societal costs of prescription opioid abuse, dependence, and misuse 
in the United States. Pain Med. 2011;12(4):657-67.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Beginning around 2006, the United States started to experience a 
significant increase in the rate of hepatitis C virus infections. The 
available epidemiology indicates this increase is largely due to the 
increased injection of prescription opioids and heroin.11 12 
In addition, in 2015, a large outbreak of HIV in a small rural 
community in Indiana was linked to injection of prescription opioids, 
primarily injection of the prescription opioid oxymorphone. Over 80 
percent

[[Page 44729]]

of the 135 cases, as of April 2015, identified in the outbreak were co-
infected with hepatitis C virus.\13\ The infectious disease 
consequences associated with opioid injection have been found to 
account for a significant proportion of the economic burden and 
disability associated with opioid use disorders.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ Suryaprasad AG, White JZ, Xu F, et al. Emerging epidemic of 
hepatitis C virus infections among young nonurban persons who inject 
drugs in the United States, 2006-2012. Clin Infect Dis 2014;59:1411-
9.
    \12\ Zibbell JE, Iqbal K, Patel RC, Suryaprasad A, et al. 
Increases in hepatitis C virus infection related to injection drug 
use related to injection drug use among persons aged <=30 years--
Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia, 2006-2012. MMWR 
Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(17):453-8.
    \13\ Conrad C, Bradley HM, Broz D, et al. Community outbreak of 
HIV infection linked to injection drug use of oxymorphone--Indiana, 
2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(16): 443-4.
    \14\ Degenhardt L, Whiteford HA, Ferrari AJ, Charlson FJ, et al. 
Global burden of disease attributable to illicit drug use and 
dependence: findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2010. 
Lancet 2013;382(9904):1564-74.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There is robust literature documenting the effectiveness and cost-
effectiveness of the use of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid 
use disorder. Buprenorphine has been shown to increase treatment 
retention and to reduce opioid use, relapse risk, and risk behaviors 
that transmit HIV and hepatitis.15 16 17 18 19 20 Reductions 
in opioid-related mortality have been shown for 
buprenorphine.21 22 23
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ Clark RE, Baxter JD, Aweh G, O'Connell E, et al. Risk 
factors for relapse and higher costs among Medicaid members with 
opioid dependence or abuse: opioid agonists, comorbidities, and 
treatment history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2015;57:75-80.
    \16\ Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, Davoli M. Buprenorphine 
maintenance versus placebo or methadone maintenance for opioid 
dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Feb 6;2:CD002207. doi: 
10.1002/14651858.CD002207.pub4.
    \17\ Kraus ML, Alford DP, Kotz MM, et al. Statement of the 
American Society of Addiction Medicine consensus panel on the use of 
buprenorphine in office-based treatment of opioid addiction. J 
Addict Med. 2011;5(4):254-263.
    \18\ Bonhomme J, Shim RS, Gooden R, Tyus D, Rust G. Opioid 
addiction and abuse in primary care practice: a comparison of 
methadone and buprenorphine as treatment options. J Natl Med Assoc. 
2012;104(7-8):342-350.
    \19\ Tsui JI, Evans JL, Lum PJ, Hahn JA, Page K. Association of 
opioid agonist therapy with lower incidence of hepatitis C virus 
infection in young adult injection drug users. JAMA Intern Med. 
2014;174(12):1974-1981.
    \20\ Woody GE, Bruce D, Korthuis PT, Chhatre S, et al. HIV risk 
reduction with buprenorphine-naloxone or methadone: findings from a 
randomized trial. J Acuir Immune Defic Syndr. 2015;68(5):554-61.
    \21\ Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Clinical Guidelines 
for the Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment of Opioid Addiction. 
Treatment Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. DHHS Publication No. 
(SMA) 04-3939. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
Services Administration, 2004.
    \22\ Schwartz RP, Gryczynski J, O'Grady KE, et al. Opioid 
agonist treatments and heroin overdose deaths in Baltimore, 
Maryland, 1995-2009. Am J Public Health. 2013;103(5):917-922.
    \23\ Carrieri MP, Amass L, Lucas GM, Vlahov D, Wodak A, Woody 
GE. Buprenorphine use: the international experience. Clin Infect 
Dis. 2006;43(suppl 4):S197-S215.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Despite these well-documented benefits, buprenorphine treatment for 
opioid use disorder is significantly underutilized and often does not 
incorporate the full scope of recommended clinical practices that make 
up evidence-based MAT. Generally, there is significant unmet need for 
MAT treatment among individuals with opioid use disorders.\24\ There is 
also substantial geographic variation in the capacity to prescribe 
buprenorphine. Research suggests that 10 percent of the population live 
in areas where there is a limited number of practitioners eligible to 
prescribe buprenorphine or in counties that have no practitioners with 
a waiver to prescribe buprenorphine.\25\ These are primarily rural 
counties and areas located in the middle of the country.\26\ Only about 
5 percent of practitioners currently authorized to treat up to the 100 
patient limit are located in rural counties.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ Jones CM, Campopiano M, Baldwin G, McCance-Katz E. National 
and state treatment need and capacity for opioid agonist medication-
assisted treatment. Am J Public Health 2015;105(8):e55-63.
    \25\ Rosenblatt RA, Andrilla CH, Catlin M, Larson EH. Geographic 
and specialty distribution of US physicians trained to treat opioid 
use disorder. Ann Fam Med. 2015 Jan-Feb;13(1):23-6. doi: 10.1370/
afm.1735.
    \26\ Dick AW, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Sorbero M, et al. Growth in 
buprenorphine waivers for physicians increased potential access to 
opioid agonist treatment, 2002-11. Health Affairs 2015;34(6):1028-
1034.
    \27\ Stein BD, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Burns RM, et al. Where is 
buprenorphine dispensed to treat opioid use disorders? The role of 
private offices, opioid treatment programs, and substance abuse 
treatment facilities in urban and rural counties. Milbank Quarterly 
2015;93(3):56561-583.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Evidence suggests that utilization of buprenorphine is limited 
directly by the existence of treatment limits. Practitioners currently 
providing MAT with buprenorphine under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) report that 
being limited to treating not more than 100 patients at a time is a 
barrier to expanding treatment.28 29 30 A recent survey by 
ASAM found that among the 1,309 respondents (approximately 35 percent 
of ASAM's membership), comprising a range of addiction stakeholders, 
including those working in OTPs and outpatient or office-based practice 
settings, 544, or 41.6 percent, were currently treating more than 80 
patients, and 796, or 60.8 percent, reported there was demand for 
treatment in excess of the current 100 patient limit under the Drug 
Addiction Treatment Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106-310).\31\ Increasing the 
number of patients that a single practitioner can treat with 
buprenorphine, then, could have a direct impact on buprenorphine 
capacity and utilization.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S. Buprenorphine 
Prescribing Availability in a Sample of Ohio Specialty Treatment 
Organizations. J Addict Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2). pii: 1000140.
    \29\ Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Quanbeck A, et al. 
Implementing buprenorphine in addiction treatment: payer and 
provider perspectives in Ohio. Subst Abuse Treat Prev Policy. 
2015;10:13. doi: 10.1186/s13011-015-0009-2.
    \30\ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. 
(2006). The SAMHSA Evaluation of the Impact of the DATA Waiver 
Program. Retrieved from http://www.buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/FOR_FINAL_summaryreport_colorized.pdf.
    \31\ American Society of Addiction Medicine. 2015. Available at: 
http://www.asam.org/magazine/read/article/2015/12/08/addiction-specialists-weigh-in-on-the-data-2000-patient-limits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to direct barriers to treating additional patients 
imposed by the patient limit, there are indirect barriers to expanding 
treatment capacity. In particular, increases in a practitioner's 
ability to expand his or her patient base will allow the practitioner 
to take advantage of economies of scale to increase the practice's 
efficiency. For example, a practitioner with a larger practice is more 
likely to be able to afford to hire specialized support staff, which 
allows the practitioner to reduce time spent on tasks best suited for 
another individual. This may help to enable the provision of the full 
complement of ancillary services that make up evidence-based MAT. 
Increasing a practitioner's maximum capacity for treatment has the 
potential to make treating patients with buprenorphine more 
economically feasible, with the likelihood of increasing capacity to 
prescribe buprenorphine.
    The statutory change implemented in 2007 that increased the limit 
on the number of buprenorphine patients a practitioner could treat from 
30 to 100, after having a 30 patient limit for 1 year, was associated 
with a significant increase in the use of buprenorphine.\32\ In 2007, 
when practitioners were first able to treat up to 100 patients, nearly 
25 percent of eligible practitioners submitted a NOI to treat 100 
patients (1,937 practitioners out of 7,887 practitioners).\33\ The 
findings from the ASAM survey discussed above and additional 
information indicate there is sufficient demand from both providers and 
patients to raise the patient limit. In addition, based on the 
experience in 2007, it is expected that some proportion of eligible 
practitioners will respond to the final rule by submitting a Request 
for Patient Limit Increase to treat up to 275 patients.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ Stein supra note 27.
    \33\ Jones, supra note 24.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 44730]]

D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs

a. Increased Ability for Waivered Practitioners To Treat Patients With 
Buprenorphine-Based MAT
    This final rule directly expands opportunities for physicians who 
currently treat or who may treat patients with buprenorphine, as they 
will now have the potential to treat up to 275 patients with 
buprenorphine. We believe that this may translate to a financial 
opportunity for these physicians, depending on the costs associated 
with treating these additional patients.
    Relatedly, this final rule may increase the value of the waiver to 
treat opioid use disorder under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). The final rule 
requires practitioners to have a waiver to treat 100 patients for 1 
year and to have additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2 or to 
practice in a qualified practice setting as defined in the rule in 
order to request approval to treat up to 275 patients. If getting to 
the 275-patient limit provides sufficient benefits to practitioners, 
this final rule may also increase incentives for other practitioners to 
apply for the lower patient limit waivers, insofar as they are 
milestones towards the 275-patient limit. In addition, this rule may 
also make it more valuable for practitioners to have additional 
credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2, or to practice in a qualified 
practice setting. The final rule, then, may increase the number of 
practitioners in these categories and thus the number of practitioners 
eligible for the 275-patient limit in the future.
b. Increased Treatment for Patients
    Permitting practitioners to treat up to 275 patients will only be 
successful if it results in practitioners serving additional patients. 
As discussed previously, there are many reasons to expect this to 
happen as a result of the publication of this final rule. In addition, 
we expect that other factors could amplify the impact of the changes in 
the rule. First, following the implementation of the Affordable Care 
Act, health insurance coverage has expanded dramatically in the United 
States. The uninsured rate among adults age 18-64 declined from 22.3 
percent in 2010 to 12.7 percent during the first 6 months of 2015.\34\ 
Further, the Affordable Care Act expanded coverage includes populations 
who may be at high-risk for opioid use disorders that previously did 
not have sufficient access to health insurance coverage.\35\ Second, 
parity protections from the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity 
Act and the Affordable Care Act will include coverage for mental health 
and substance use disorder treatment that is comparable to medical and 
surgical coverage in many types of insurance policies. Insurance 
coverage and cost of treatment have previously been cited as important 
reasons that individuals seeking treatment have not used 
buprenorphine.36 37 38 39 A final rule to extend parity 
protections to Medicaid managed care plans was released earlier this 
year. These changes in health insurance coverage should improve access 
to substance use disorder treatment, including buprenorphine.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Health 
insurance coverage: early release of estimates from the National 
Health Interview Survey, January-June 2015. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhis/earlyrelease/insur201511.pdf.
    \35\ Jones, supra note 7.
    \36\ Volkow ND, Frieden TR, Hyde PS, et al. Medication-assisted 
therapies--tackling the opioid-overdose epidemic. New Eng J Med 
2014; 370(22):2063-6.
    \37\ Sohler NL, Weiss L, Egan JE, et al. Consumer attitudes 
about opioid addiction treatment: a focus group study in New York 
City. J Opioid Manag. 2013;9(2):111-119.
    \38\ Greenfield BL, Owens MD, Ley D. Opioid use in Albuquerque, 
New Mexico: a needs assessment of recent changes and treatment 
availability. Addict Sci Clin Pract. 2014;9:10. doi: 10.1186/1940-
0640-9-10.
    \39\ American Society of Addiction Medicine. State Medicaid 
coverage and authorization requirements for opioid dependence 
medications. 2013. Available at: http://www.asam.org/docs/advocacy/Implications-for-Opioid-Addiction-Treatment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Increased Time To Treat Patients
    Lack of practitioner time to treat patients with opioid use 
disorder, which includes a patient exam, medication consultation, 
counseling, and other appropriate treatment services, and lack of 
behavioral health staff to provide these treatment services, are 
additional barriers to providing MAT with buprenorphine in the office-
based setting.40 41 These barriers could be addressed by 
leveraging the time and skills of clinical support staff, such as 
nurses and clinical social workers. For example, in Massachusetts and 
Vermont, nurses provide screening, intake, education, and other 
ancillary services for patients treated with buprenorphine. This 
enables practitioners to treat additional patients and to provide the 
requisite psychosocial services.42 43 44 However, in order 
to afford a nurse or other clinician dedicated to providing evidence-
based treatment for an opioid use disorder, practitioners need a 
minimum volume of patients. Allowing practitioners to treat up to 275 
patients at a time could be a step towards supporting practitioners 
that seek to hire nurses and other clinical staff to reduce 
practitioners' time requirements and to provide the comprehensive 
services of high-quality MAT with buprenorphine. This impact of 
leveraging non-physicians to facilitate expanded access to 
buprenorphine has been demonstrated in both Vermont and 
Massachusetts.45 46
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ Hutchinson E, Catlin M, Andrilla CH, Baldwin LM, Rosenblatt 
RA. Barriers to primary care physicians prescribing buprenorphine. 
Ann Fam Med. 2014 Mar-Apr;12(2):128-33.
    \41\ DeFlavio JR, Rolin SA, Nordstrom BR, Kazal LA Jr. Analysis 
of barriers to adoption of buprenorphine maintenance therapy by 
family physicians. Rural Remote Health. 2015;15:3019. Epub 2015 Feb 
4.
    \42\ Alford D, LaBelle C, Richardson J, O'Connell J, et al. 
Treating homeless opioid dependent patients with buprenorphine in an 
office-based setting. Society of General Internal Medicine. 2007; 
22: 171-176.
    \43\ Labelle, C. Nurse Care Manager Model. http://buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/presentations/LaBelle.pdf.
    \44\ State of Vermont: Concept for Medicaid Health Home Program 
http://hcr.vermont.gov/sites/hcr/files/VT_SPA_Concept_Paper_final_CMS_10_02_12.pdf.
    \45\ LaBelle CT, Han SC, Bergeron A, Samet JH. Office-Based 
Opioid Treatment with Buprenorphine (OBOT-B): Statewide 
Implementation of the Massachusetts Collaborative Care Model in 
Community Health Centers. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2016;60:6-13.
    \46\ Vermont Department of Health. The effectiveness of 
Vermont's System of Opioid Addiction Treatment. 2015. Available at: 
http://legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Legislative-Reports/Opioid-system-effectiveness-1.14.15.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Discussions with stakeholders about approaches to expanding access 
to MAT, including the use of buprenorphine-based MAT, suggest that 
expanding the patient limit in general will result in increased 
efficiencies in treating opioid use disorder patients. It will allow 
treating practitioners to provide the physician-appropriate services 
consistent with their waiver. It will provide more efficient supportive 
care, not related to prescribing or administering buprenorphine-
containing products, by allowing the treating practitioner to supervise 
this care, which can be provided by physician assistants, nurse 
practitioners, nurse case managers, and other behavioral health 
specialists.
d. Federal Costs Associated With Disseminating Information About the 
Rule
    Following publication of this final rule, SAMHSA will work to 
educate providers about the requirements and opportunities for 
requesting and obtaining approval to treat up to 275 patients under 21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2). SAMHSA will prepare materials summarizing the changes 
as a result of

[[Page 44731]]

this final rule, and provide these materials to practitioners 
potentially affected by the rulemaking upon its publication. SAMHSA has 
already established channels for disseminating information about rule 
changes to stakeholders; it is estimated that preparing and 
disseminating these materials will cost approximately $40,000, based 
upon experience soliciting public comment on past rules and 
publications such as the Federal Opioid Treatment Program Standards.
e. Practitioners Costs To Evaluate the Policy Change
    We expect that practitioners potentially affected by this policy 
change will process the information and decide how to respond. In 
particular, they will likely evaluate the requirements and 
opportunities associated with the ability to treat up to 275 patients, 
and decide whether or not it is advantageous to pursue approval to 
treat up to 275 patients and make any necessary changes to their 
practice, such as obtaining additional credentialing as defined in 
Sec.  8.2, or the ability to treat patients in a qualified practice 
setting.
    We estimate that practitioners may spend an average of thirty 
minutes processing the information and deciding what action to take. 
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,\47\ the average 
hourly wage for a physician is $93.74. After adjusting upward by 100 
percent to account for overhead and benefits, we estimate that the per-
hour cost of a physician's time is $187.48. Thus, the cost per 
practitioner to process this information and decide upon a course of 
action is estimated to be $93.74. SAMHSA will disseminate information 
to an estimated 50,000 practitioners, which includes practitioners with 
a waiver to prescribe buprenorphine (i.e., approximately 30,000 
practitioners as of December 2015) and those who are reached through 
SAMHSA's dissemination network (i.e., 20,000 practitioners). For 
purposes of analysis we assume that 75 percent of these practitioners 
will review this information, and, as a result, we estimate that 
dissemination will result in a total cost of $3.5 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. National Occupational 
Employment and Wage Estimates. Retrieved from: http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm#29-0000.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

f. Practitioner Costs To Submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase
    Practitioners who want to treat up to 275 patients at a given time 
are required to submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase form to 
SAMHSA. The form is three pages in length. We estimate that the form 
takes a practitioner an average of 1 hour to complete the first time it 
is completed, implying a cost of $187.48 per submission after adjusting 
upward by 100 percent to account for overhead and benefits. A draft 
Request for Patient Limit Increase form is available in the docket. We 
did not receive public comment on these assumptions when proposed, and 
as a result they remain unchanged from those appearing in the proposed 
rule. We do not have ideal information with which to estimate the 
number of practitioners who will submit a Request for Patient Limit 
Increase form in response to this final rule, and we therefore 
acknowledge uncertainty regarding the estimate of the total associated 
cost. However, based on the experience with the patient limit increase 
from 30 to 100 implemented in 2007,48 49 the results of the 
2015 ASAM survey described earlier, public comment, and discussions 
with stakeholders, and changes in qualifications necessary to request a 
waiver to treat up to 275 patients, we estimate that between 500 and 
1,800 practitioners will request approval to treat up to 275 patients 
within the first year following publication of the final rule. This 
translates to between approximately 5 percent and 18 percent of 
eligible providers with the 100 patient limit requesting the higher 
patient limit in the first year. This is consistent with a public 
comment that indicated that 8 to 15 physicians (or 11 percent-
21percent) in Vermont would request the higher patient limit, as well 
as a recent study in Ohio which found among specialty treatment 
providers that 17 percent had turned away patients due to prescribing 
capacity limits.\50\ In addition, our lower bound estimate of 5 percent 
is in line with an internal analysis by HHS that found approximately 5 
percent of physicians with the 100 patient limit in 3 geographic 
diverse States were prescribing at or near their 100 patient limit. We 
estimate that between 100 and 300 additional practitioners will request 
approval to treat up to 275 patients in each of the subsequent 4 years. 
This would result in 600 to 2,100 practitioners in the second year, 700 
to 2,400 practitioners in the third year, 800 to 2,700 in the fourth 
year, and 900 to 3,000 practitioners in the fifth year. We use the 
midpoint of each of these ranges to estimate costs and benefits in the 
first 5 years following publication of the final rule. This would 
result in a range of $93,740 to $337,464 in costs related to Request 
for Patient Limit Increase submissions in the first year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ Arfken CL, Johanson CE, Menza SD, Schuster CR. Expanding 
treatment capacity for opioid dependence with office-based treatment 
with buprenorphine: national surveys of physicians. J Subst Abuse 
Treat. 2010;39(2):96-104.
    \49\ Jones, supra note 24.
    \50\ Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S. Buprenorphine 
prescribing availability in a sample of Ohio specialty treatment 
organizations. J Addict Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2): doi:10.4172/
2324-9005.1000140.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of
                                           requests for
                                           patient limit     Cost ($)
                                             increase
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1..................................           1,150         215,600
Year 2-5................................             200          37,500
                                         -------------------------------
    Total...............................           1,950         365,600
------------------------------------------------------------------------

g. Practitioner Costs To Resubmit a Request for Patient Limit Increase
    After approval, a practitioner would need to be resubmit a Request 
for Patient Limit Increase every 3 years to maintain his or her waiver 
to treat up to 275 patients. A practitioner would use the same 3-page 
Request for Patient Limit Increase used for an initial waiver request. 
We estimate that this will take 30 minutes because practitioners will 
be more familiar with the Request for Patient Limit Increase. 
Consistent with the physician wage estimate above, we estimate that 
resubmissions will require a practitioner an average of 30 minutes to 
complete, implying a cost of $93.74 per resubmission. To calculate 
costs associated with resubmission, we assume that all physicians who 
submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase will

[[Page 44732]]

submit a renewal 3 years later. Our estimates are summarized in the 
table below.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of
                                             renewals        Cost ($)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1-3 (renewals not necessary).......               0               0
Year 4..................................           1,150         108,000
Year 5..................................             200          19,000
                                         -------------------------------
    Total...............................           1,350         127,000
------------------------------------------------------------------------

h. Private-Sector Costs Associated With Newly Applying for Any Waiver
    Practitioners may also be interested in the ability to eventually 
treat up to 275 patients, and may make changes toward achieving that 
goal. As discussed previously, these changes may increase the number of 
practitioners who apply for a waiver to treat 30 or 100 patients. This 
would require practitioners to complete the required training, possess 
a valid license to practice medicine, be a registrant of DEA, and have 
the capacity to refer patients for appropriate counseling and other 
appropriate ancillary services. In addition, these changes could 
increase the number of practitioners who seek additional credentialing 
as defined in Sec.  8.2 or meet the requirements for practicing in a 
qualified practice setting as outlined in the final rule. This would 
likely include practice experience requirements, fees and time 
associated with preparing for and taking an exam, time and fees for 
continuing medical education requirements, and payment of certification 
fees. We lack information to estimate the number of practitioners who 
will change behavior along these dimensions, and did not receive this 
information through the public comment process. Thus, we do not provide 
estimates of costs and benefits.
i. Federal Costs Associated With Processing New 275-Patient Limit 
Waivers
    In addition to the costs associated with practitioners seeking 
approval for the higher patient limit, costs will be incurred by SAMHSA 
and DEA in order to process the additional Requests for Patient Limit 
Increase generated by the final rule. For purposes of analysis, and 
based on contractor estimates, SAMHSA estimates that it will pay a 
contractor $100 to process each waiver. As discussed previously, we 
estimate that between 500 and 1,800 practitioners will request approval 
to treat up to 275 patients within the first year of the rule, and 
between 100 and 300 additional practitioners will request approval to 
treat up to 275 patients in each of the subsequent 4 years. In 
addition, we estimate that physicians will resubmit 500 to 1,800 
renewals in year 4, and 100 to 300 renewals in year 5. As a result, we 
estimate costs to SAMHSA to process these waivers of $50,000-$180,000 
in year 1, $10,000-$30,000 in year 2, $10,000-$30,000 in year 3, 
$60,000-$210,000 in year 4, and $20,000-$60,000 in year 5 following 
publication of the final rule. We estimate that DEA will allocate the 
equivalent of 1 FTE at the GS-11 level to process the additional 
requests coming to DEA for issuance of a new DEA number designating the 
physician as eligible to prescribe buprenorphine for the treatment of 
opioid use disorder as a result of this final rule. We estimate the 
associated cost is $144,238, which we arrive at by multiplying the 
salary of a GS-11 employee at step 5, which is $72,219 in 2015, by two 
to account for overhead and benefits.
j. Costs and Benefits of New Treatment
    Once requests to treat up to 275 patients generated by the final 
rule are processed, approved practitioners would be able to increase 
the number of patients they treat with buprenorphine. These patients, 
then, could utilize additional medical services that are consistent 
with the expectations for high-quality, evidence-based MAT in the rule. 
We estimate the cost for buprenorphine and these additional medical 
services, including behavioral health and psychosocial services, as a 
result of the final rule to total $4,349 per patient per year, as 
described below.
    This estimate was derived using claims data from the 2009-2014 
Truven Health MarketScan[supreg] database. According to the 
MarketScan[supreg] data, the annual cost of buprenorphine prescriptions 
and ancillary psychosocial services received totaled $3,500 for 
individuals with private insurance and $3,410 for individuals with 
Medicaid. Specifically, the average annual cost of buprenorphine 
prescriptions was $2,100 for commercial insurance based on receipt of 
an average of seven buprenorphine prescriptions annually and $2,600 for 
Medicaid based on receipt of an average of 10 buprenorphine 
prescriptions annually. We use estimates from commercial insurance and 
Medicaid in order to capture the range of costs per patient across 
different insurance programs. However, we note that the rule will 
impact patients with and incur costs to not only commercial insurance 
and Medicaid but also other public and private insurers.
    According to the MarketScan[supreg] data, approximately 69 percent 
of Medicaid patients and 45 percent of privately insured patients 
received an outpatient psychosocial service related to substance use 
disorder in addition to their buprenorphine prescription. The average 
number of visits among those who received any psychosocial service was 
eight for privately insured patients at an average cost of $3,000 per 
year and 10 for Medicaid patients at an average cost of $1,100 per 
year. We assumed that the quality of care would increase among patients 
treated by practitioners with the 275-patient limit due to the extra 
oversight and quality of care requirements in the final rule. 
Specifically, we assumed that 80 percent of patients would receive 
outpatient psychosocial services.
    The cost of providing MAT with buprenorphine, including 
prescriptions, ancillary, and psychosocial services, is estimated at 
$4,590 for commercial insurance and $3,525 for Medicaid beneficiaries. 
Based on data from IMS Health, it is estimated that approximately 18 
percent of individuals receiving MAT with buprenorphine are Medicaid 
enrollees. Thus, we arrived at the estimated average cost for 
individuals new to the treatment system as a result of the final rule 
to be $4,350 per patient per year.
    The total resource costs associated with additional treatment is 
the product of additional treatment costs per person and the number of 
people who will receive additional treatment as a result of the final 
rule. For purposes of analysis, we assume that each practitioner who 
requests approval to treat up to 275 patients will treat between 20 and 
50 additional patients each year. This is based on the

[[Page 44733]]

experience with the increase from the 30 patient limit to the 100 
patient limit and taking into account the increase in demand for 
buprenorphine treatment since that statutory change.\51\ \52\ In 
addition, we have adjusted the upper bound of this range in line with 
the shift to the availability of a waiver to treat up to 275 rather 
than 200 patients. We note that in that case, there were no new costs 
imposed on practitioners beyond those associated with additional 
treatment, whereas in this final rule there are new costs beyond those 
associated with additional treatment. However, applying this assumption 
would result in an estimated range of 10,000 to 90,000 additional 
patients treated in the first year; and an additional 2,000 to 15,000 
patients in each subsequent year. To estimate costs associated with 
this increase in the number of patients, we assume that, on average, 
each physician will treat the equivalent of 35 full-time patients 
(i.e., some patients might receive fewer services and others might 
receive more, but for cost estimates we assume it averages out to the 
equivalent of 35 patients receiving the full spectrum of care). We use 
these ranges to estimate costs and benefits of the rule. Based on this 
information, we estimate the treatment costs associated with new 
patients receiving treatment with buprenorphine as a result of this 
final rule will be between $43.5 million and $391 million in the first 
year with a central estimate of $175 million, and an additional $8.7 
million to $65.2 million in each subsequent year with a central 
estimate of $30.4 million.\53\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ Arfken, supra note 48.
    \52\ Jones, supra note 24.
    \53\ As noted subsequently, some individuals newly receiving MAT 
would have accessed non-MAT interventions in the absence of this 
rule. Accounting for this would reduce the estimates of rule-induced 
costs.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Additional people
                                           receiving         Treatment
                                           treatment,          costs
                                          relative to       (millions)
                                            baseline
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1...............................             40,250            $175
Year 2...............................             47,250             205
Year 3...............................             54,250             236
Year 4...............................             61,250             266
Year 5...............................             68,250             297
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Evidence suggests that the benefits associated with additional 
buprenorphine utilization are likely to exceed their cost. One study 
estimates the costs and Quality Adjusted Life Year (QALY) gains 
associated with long-term office-based treatment with buprenorphine-
naloxone for clinically stable opioid-dependent patients compared to no 
treatment. The authors estimate total treatment costs over 2 years of 
$7,700 and an associated 0.22 QALY gain compared to no treatment in 
their base case.\54\ \55\ Following a food safety rule recently 
published by FDA,\56\ we use a value of $1,260 per quality-adjusted 
life day. This implies a value of $460,215 ($1,260 * 365.25) per QALY, 
which we use to monetize the health benefits here. As a result, we 
estimate average annual benefits ranges of $51,000 per person who 
achieves 6 months of clinical stability. Evidence suggests a 43.3 
percent completion rate for a six month treatment course.\57\ For other 
individuals, we estimate they experience half of the annual health 
benefits, equivalent to 0.055 QALYs. In addition, based on an internal 
analysis of data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, we 
estimate that 20 percent of new patients impacted by this rule will 
have received some form of non-medication-assisted treatment for opioid 
use disorder in the past year and 80 percent of patients will be new to 
treatment.\58\ For the 20 percent of patients switching to 
buprenorphine from other non-MAT interventions, we adjust their 
estimated health benefit downward by 15 percent to account for benefits 
derived from non-MAT interventions prior to initiating buprenorphine 
treatment. As a result, we estimate monetized health benefits of $1,416 
million in the first year, with estimated monetized health benefits 
rising by $246 million in each subsequent year as more individuals 
receive treatment as a result of the rule. These monetized health 
benefits are summarized below. We also explore the sensitivity of these 
results to our assumptions regarding the health benefits related to 
treatment in our section on sensitivity analysis. HHS believes that the 
public will also experience benefits that go beyond the health benefits 
quantified and monetized here. These benefits include reductions in 
costs associated with criminal justice system interactions. While these 
are important benefits of this rule, HHS does not quantify the rule's 
effects along these dimensions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ Schackman BR, Leff JA, Polsky D, Moore BA, Fiellin DA. 
Cost-Effectiveness of Long-Term Outpatient Buprenorphine-Naloxone 
Treatment for Opioid Dependence in Primary Care. Journal of General 
Internal Medicine. 2012;27(6):669-676. doi:10.1007/s11606-011-1962-
8.
    \55\ These results omit lost utility associated with the illegal 
consumption of heroin or other opioids. Such omission is consistent 
with Zerbe, R.O. Is Cost-Benefit Analysis Legal? Three Rules. 
Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 17(3): 419-456, 1998.
    \56\ This RIA can be found here: http://www.fda.gov/downloads/AboutFDA/ReportsManualsForms/Reports/EconomicAnalyses/UCM472330.pdf.
    \57\ Fiellin DA, Pantalon MV, Chawarski MC, Moore BA, Sullivan 
LE, O'Connor PG, Schottenfeld RS. Counseling plus Buprenorphine--
Naloxone Maintenance Therapy for Opioid Dependence. New England 
Journal of Medicine. 2006; 355:365-374. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa055255
    \58\ Given that data from the National Survey on Drug Use and 
Health indicate only a minority of patients with substance use 
disorder treatment need actually recognize that need and seek 
treatment, we note that 20 percent likely represents the lower bound 
of the portion of new MAT recipients who would have received some 
form of non-MAT treatment in the absence of the rule, thus leading 
to some tendency in the benefits to be overestimated.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Additional people
                                           receiving         Monetized
                                           treatment,         health
                                          relative to        benefits
                                            baseline        (millions)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year 1...............................             40,250          $1,416
Year 2...............................             47,250           1,662
Year 3...............................             54,250           1,909

[[Page 44734]]

 
Year 4...............................             61,250           2,155
Year 5...............................             68,250           2,431
------------------------------------------------------------------------

k. Potential for Diversion
    While we expect many benefits associated with this final rule, it 
is possible that there would be unintended negative consequences. 
First, prior research looked at Utah statewide increases in 
buprenorphine use and the number of reported unintentional pediatric 
exposures, and found that as buprenorphine use increased between 2002 
and 2011, the number of unintentional pediatric exposures in the State 
increased.\59\ Thus, it is possible that the increased utilization of 
buprenorphine as a result of this final rule without appropriate 
patient counseling and action to ensure the safe use, storage, and 
disposal of buprenorphine, may lead to an increase in unintentional 
pediatric exposures. In addition, there has been an increase in 
diversion of buprenorphine as use of the product has increased. 
According to the National Forensic Laboratory Information System 
(NFLIS)--a system used to track diversion--buprenorphine is the third 
most common narcotic analgesic reported in NFLIS, with 15,209 cases 
reported in 2014. This represents 12.4 percent of all narcotic 
analgesic cases in NFLIS in 2014.\60\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Buprenorphine 
prescribing practices and exposures reported to a poison center--
Utah, 2002-2011. MMWR 2012;61:997-1001.
    \60\ Drug Enforcement Administration. National Forensic 
Laboratory Information System. 2014 Annual Report. Available at: 
https://www.nflis.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/Reports.aspx.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is important to note that studies have found that the motivation 
to divert buprenorphine is often associated with lack of access to 
treatment or using the medication to manage withdrawal--as opposed to 
diversion for the medication's psychoactive effect.61 
62 Thus, the overall effect of this rulemaking on diversion 
is not clear given that the increased utilization of buprenorphine 
could affect the opportunity for diversion, but also could, in some 
cases, reduce diversion because of improved access to high-quality, 
evidence-based buprenorphine treatment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Inability to access buprenorphine 
treatment as a risk factor for using diverted buprenorphine. Drug 
Alcohol Depend. 2012;126(3):379-83.
    \62\ Genberg BL, Gillespie M, Schuster CR, Johanson CE, et al. 
Prevalence and correlates of street-obtained buprenorphine use among 
current and former injectors in Baltimore, Maryland. Addict Behav. 
2013;38(12):2868-73.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Moreover, to reduce the risk of diversion, one of the additional 
requirements placed on providers who seek the 275-patient limit is 
implementation of a diversion control plan. However, it is possible 
that State and local law enforcement could incur additional costs if 
diversion increases as a result of this final rule. We do not have 
sufficient information to estimate the extent to which these unintended 
consequences could occur, and did not receive any through public 
comment.
l. Practitioner Reporting Requirements
    As discussed elsewhere in the preamble, HHS has decided to issue 
concurrently a Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to seek 
additional comments on the proposed reporting requirements and is 
therefore delaying the finalization of the reporting requirements 
proposed in Sec.  8.635 of the NPRM. At this time, we lack the 
information necessary to estimate the costs associated with future 
reporting requirements, and as a result do not estimate them here.
m. Costs Associated With Waiver Requests in Emergencies
    Under the final rule, practitioners in good standing with a current 
waiver to treat up to 100 patients may request temporary approval to 
treat up to 275 patients in specific emergency situations. As discussed 
previously, we anticipate that qualifying emergency situations will 
occur very infrequently. We estimate that practitioners will request 
ten of these waivers in each year. We estimate that requesting this 
waiver would require approximately 1 hour of physician time and 2 hours 
of administrative time, and responding to the request would require 
resources approximately equivalent to responding the three Requests for 
Patient Limit Increase submissions, which is $300. As a result, we 
estimate that this requirement is associated with costs of 
approximately $7,000 in each year following publication of the final 
rule.
n. Summary of Impacts
    The final rule's impacts will take place over a long period of 
time. As discussed previously, we expect the existence of the waiver to 
treat up to 275 patients will increase the desirability of waivers to 
treat 30 and 100 patients. This implies that more practitioners will 
work toward fulfilling the requirements associated with receiving these 
waivers. Further, this may make practitioners early in their career 
more likely to choose addiction medicine or addiction psychiatry as 
their specialty. All of this implies that the final rule will have a 
growing impact on capacity to prescribe buprenorphine as time passes. 
Since the lack of capacity to treat patients using buprenorphine is a 
barrier to its utilization, this suggests that the final rule will lead 
to growing increases in the utilization of buprenorphine, and growing 
increases in the associated positive health and economic effects.
    The following table presents these costs and benefits over the 
first 5 years of the final rule.

                              Accounting Table of Benefits and Costs of All Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Present value over 5 years
                                   by discount rate
                                   (millions of 2014 dollars)
                                   Annualized value over 5 years
                                   by discount rate
                                   (millions of 2014 dollars)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BENEFITS                          3 Percent           7 Percent           3 Percent           7 Percent
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Quantified Benefits.........  8,935.............  8,228.............  1,894.............  1,875
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 44735]]

 
COSTS                             3 Percent           7 Percent           3 Percent           7 Percent
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Quantified Costs............  1,109.............  1,022.............  235...............  233
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

E. Sensitivity Analysis

    The total estimated benefits of the changes here are sensitive to 
assumptions regarding the number of practitioners who will seek a 
waiver to treat up to 275 patients as a result of the final rule, the 
number of individuals who will receive MAT as a result of the final 
rule, the average per-person health benefits associated with this 
additional treatment, and the dollar value of these health 
improvements. We estimate that 500 to 1,800 practitioners will apply 
for a waiver to treat up to 275 patients in the first year, and 100 to 
300 practitioners will apply for a waiver to treat up to 275 patients 
in subsequent years following publication of the final rule, with 
central estimates at the midpoint of each range. For alternative 
estimates in these ranges using a 3 percent discount rate, all else 
equal, we estimate annualized benefits ranging from $855 million to 
$2,934 million and annualized costs ranging from $107 million to $364 
million.
    We estimate that practitioners who receive a waiver to treat up to 
275 patients will treat between 20 and 50 additional patients each 
year, with a central estimate of an average of 35 additional patients. 
For alternative estimates of 20 to 50 additional patients per year, all 
else equal, we estimate annualized benefits using a 3 percent discount 
rate ranging from $1,082 million to $2,706 million and annualized costs 
ranging from $135 million to $336 million over the 5 years following 
implementation.
    We estimate that individuals who receive MAT as a result of the 
final rule will experience average health improvements equivalent to 
approximately 0.08 QALYs. For alternative estimates of these health 
improvements between 0.04 and 0.12 QALYs, all else equal, we estimate 
annualized benefits using a 3 percent discount rate ranging from $991 
million to $2,973 million over the 5 years following implementation. To 
estimate the dollar value of health benefits, we use a value of 
approximately $460,000 per QALY. For alternative values per QALY 
between $300,000 and $600,000, all else equal, we estimate annualized 
benefits using a 3 percent discount rate ranging from $1,235 million to 
$2,469 million over the 5 years following implementation.
    Alternative assumptions along these four dimensions, when varied 
together, using a 3 percent discount rate, imply annualized benefit 
estimates ranging from $167 million to $8,576 million and annualized 
cost estimates ranging from $61 million to $519 million. We note that, 
in all scenarios discussed in this section, annualized benefits 
substantially exceed annualized costs. There are, however, 
uncertainties not reflected in this sensitivity analysis, which might 
lead to net benefits results that are smaller or larger than the range 
of estimates summarized in the following table.

                                Low, High, and Primary Benefit and Cost Estimates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Annualized value over 5 years
                                                                3 percent discount rate
                                                                (millions of 2014 dollars)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BENEFITS                                                                  Low          Primary             High
                                                              --------------------------------------------------
    Quantified Benefits......................................             167            1,894            8,576
                                                              --------------------------------------------------
COSTS                                                                     Low          Primary             High
                                                              --------------------------------------------------
    Quantified Costs.........................................              61              235              519
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives

    We carefully considered the option of not pursuing regulatory 
action. However, existing evidence indicates that opioid use disorder 
and its related health consequences is a substantial and increasing 
public health problem in the United States, and it can be addressed by 
increasing access to effective treatment. As discussed previously, the 
lack of sufficient access to treatment is directly affected by the 
existing limit on the number of patients each practitioner with a 
waiver can currently treat using buprenorphine, and removing this 
barrier to access is very likely to increase the provision of this 
treatment. Finally, the provision of MAT with buprenorphine provides 
tremendous benefits to the individual who experiences health gains 
associated with treatment, as well as to society which bears smaller 
costs associated with the negative effects of opioid use disorders. 
These benefits are expected to greatly exceed the costs associated with 
increases in treatment. As a result, we expect the benefits of this 
regulatory action to exceed its costs.
    We also considered allowing practitioners waivered to treat up to 
100 patients to apply for the higher prescribing limit without having 
to meet the additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2 or 
qualified practice setting requirements as defined in the final rule. 
One important objective of this final rule is to expand access while 
mitigating the risks associated with expanded access. In addition, the 
effects of this rule are difficult to project, leading us to adopt a 
measured approach to increasing access. Given the complexity of the 
condition, the increased potential for diversion associated with a 
higher prescribing limit, and the need to ensure high quality care, it 
was determined that addiction specialist physicians and those with the 
infrastructure and capacity to deliver the full complement of services 
recommended by clinical practice guidelines would be best suited to 
balance these concerns.
    Finally, we considered the alternative of having no reporting 
requirement for physicians with the 275-patient limit. Although this 
alternative would reduce the 1 hour of physician time and 2 hours of 
administrative time estimated

[[Page 44736]]

for data reporting in our analysis, we did not pursue this alternative. 
The reporting requirements are intended to reinforce recommendations 
included in clinical practice guidelines on the delivery of high 
quality, effective, and safe patient care. Specifically, nationally-
recognized clinical guidelines on office-based opioid treatment with 
buprenorphine suggest that optimal care include administration of the 
medication and the use of psychotherapeutic support services. They also 
recommend that physicians and practices prescribing buprenorphine for 
the treatment of opioid use disorder in the outpatient setting take 
steps to reduce the likelihood of buprenorphine diversion. Each of 
these tenets is reflected in the reporting requirements.

G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    As discussed above, the RFA requires agencies that issue a 
regulation to analyze options for regulatory relief of small entities 
if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small 
entities. The categories of entities affected most by this final rule 
will be offices of practitioners and hospitals. We expect that the vast 
majority of these entities will be considered small based on the Small 
Business Administration size standards or non-profit status, and assume 
here that all affected entities are small. According to SAMHSA data, as 
of March 2016, there were 32,123 practitioners with a waiver to 
prescribe buprenorphine for the treatment of opioid use disorder. This 
group of practitioners is most likely to be impacted by the final rule, 
but we lack information on the total number of associated entities. We 
acknowledge that some practitioners with a waiver may provide services 
at multiple entities, many entities may employ multiple practitioners 
with a waiver, and some entities currently unaffiliated with these 
practitioners will be impacted by this final rule. As a result, we 
estimate that approximately 32,123 small entities will be affected by 
this final rule.
    HHS considers a rule to have a significant economic impact on a 
substantial number of small entities if at least 5 percent of small 
entities experience an impact of more than 3 percent of revenue. As 
discussed above, the final rule imposes a small burden on entities. 
This burden is primarily associated with processing information 
disseminated by SAMHSA, opting to completing the waiver process to 
treat additional patients, and submitting information after receiving a 
waiver to treat 275 patients, which are estimated to take a maximum of 
4 hours per practitioner in any given year. This represents less than 1 
percent of hours worked for an individual working full-time. Further, 
this final rule does not require practitioners to undertake these 
burdens, as this rulemaking does not require practitioners to seek a 
waiver to treat 275 patients. As a result, we anticipate that this 
final rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number 
of small entities.

List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 8

    Health professions, Methadone, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, HHS amends 42 CFR part 8 as 
follows:

PART 8--MEDICATION ASSISTED TREATMENT FOR OPIOID USE DISORDERS

0
1. The authority citation for part 8 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 21 U.S.C. 823; 42 U.S.C. 257a, 290bb-2a, 290aa(d), 
290dd-2, 300x-23, 300x-27(a), 300y-11.


0
2. Revise the heading of part 8 as set forth above.

0
3. Amend part 8 as follows:
0
a. Remove the word ``opiate'' and add the word ``opioid'' in its place 
wherever it appears; and
0
b. Remove the phrases ``opioid addiction'' and ``Opioid addiction'' and 
add in their places the phrases ``opioid use disorder'' and ``Opioid 
use disorder'', respectively, wherever they appear.

0
4. Revise the heading to subpart A to read as follows:

Subpart A--General Provisions

0
5. Revise Sec.  8.1 to read as follows:


Sec.  8.1  Scope.

    (a) Subparts A through C of this part establish the procedures by 
which the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) will 
determine whether a practitioner is qualified under section 303(g) of 
the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) to dispense 
opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid use disorders. The regulations 
also establish the Secretary's standards regarding the appropriate 
quantities of opioid drugs that may be provided for unsupervised use by 
individuals undergoing such treatment (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1)). Under 
these regulations, a practitioner who intends to dispense opioid drugs 
in the treatment of opioid use disorder must first obtain from the 
Secretary or, by delegation, from the Administrator, Substance Abuse 
and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), a certification 
that the practitioner is qualified under the Secretary's standards and 
will comply with such standards. Eligibility for certification will 
depend upon the practitioner obtaining accreditation from an 
accreditation body that has been approved by SAMHSA. These regulations 
establish the procedures whereby an entity can apply to become an 
approved accreditation body. This part also establishes requirements 
and general standards for accreditation bodies to ensure that 
practitioners are consistently evaluated for compliance with the 
Secretary's standards for treatment of opioid use disorder with an 
opioid agonist treatment medication.
    (b) The regulations in subpart F of this part establish the 
procedures and requirements that practitioners who are authorized to 
treat up to 100 patients pursuant to a waiver obtained under section 
303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)), must satisfy in order to 
treat up to 275 patients with medications covered under section 
303(g)(2)(C) of the CSA.

0
6. Amend Sec.  8.2 as follows:
0
a. Revise the definitions of ``Accreditation body'' and ``Accreditation 
body application'';
0
b. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Additional 
Credentialing,'' ``Approval term,'' and ``Behavioral health services'';
0
c. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Covered 
medications,'' ``Dispense,'' ``Diversion control plan,'' and 
``Emergency situation'';
0
d. Revise the definition of ``Interim maintenance treatment'';
0
e. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Medication-Assisted 
Treatment (MAT),'' ``Nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines,'' 
and ``Opioid dependence'';
0
f. Remove the definition of ``Opioid treatment'';
0
g. Revise the definitions of ``Opioid treatment program'';
0
h. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Opioid program 
treatment certification,'' ``Opioid use disorder,'' and ``Opioid use 
disorder treatment'';
0
i. Revise the definition of ``Patient'';
0
j. Add, in alphabetical order, the definitions of ``Patient limit,'' 
``Practitioner,'' and ``Practitioner incapacity''; and
0
k. Remove the definition of ``Registered opioid treatment program''.
    The revisions and additions read as follows:

[[Page 44737]]

Sec.  8.2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Accreditation body means a body that has been approved by SAMHSA in 
this part to accredit opioid treatment programs using opioid agonist 
treatment medications.
    Accreditation body application means the application filed with 
SAMHSA for purposes of obtaining approval as an accreditation body.
* * * * *
    Additional Credentialing means board certification in addiction 
medicine or addiction psychiatry by the American Board of Addiction 
Medicine or the American Board of Medical Specialties or certification 
by the American Osteopathic Academy of Addiction Medicine, the American 
Board of Addiction Medicine, or the American Society of Addiction 
Medicine.
    Approval term means the 3 year period in which a practitioner is 
approved to treat up to 275 patients that commences when a 
practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase is approved in 
accordance with Sec.  8.625.
    Behavioral health services means any non-pharmacological 
intervention carried out in a therapeutic context at an individual, 
family, or group level. Interventions may include structured, 
professionally administered interventions (e.g., cognitive behavior 
therapy or insight oriented psychotherapy) delivered in person, 
interventions delivered remotely via telemedicine shown in clinical 
trials to facilitate medication-assisted treatment (MAT) outcomes, or 
non-professional interventions.
* * * * *
    Covered medications means the drugs or combinations of drugs that 
are covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C).
* * * * *
    Dispense means to deliver a controlled substance to an ultimate 
user by, or pursuant to, the lawful order of, a practitioner, including 
the prescribing and administering of a controlled substance.
    Diversion control plan means a set of documented procedures that 
reduce the possibility that controlled substances will be transferred 
or used illicitly.
    Emergency situation means that an existing State, tribal, or local 
system for substance use disorder services is overwhelmed or unable to 
meet the existing need for medication-assisted treatment as a direct 
consequence of a clear precipitating event. This precipitating event 
must have an abrupt onset, such as practitioner incapacity; natural or 
human-caused disaster; an outbreak associated with drug use; and result 
in significant death, injury, exposure to life-threatening 
circumstances, hardship, suffering, loss of property, or loss of 
community infrastructure.
* * * * *
    Interim maintenance treatment means maintenance treatment provided 
in an opioid treatment program in conjunction with appropriate medical 
services while a patient is awaiting transfer to a program that 
provides comprehensive maintenance treatment.
* * * * *
    Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT) means the use of medication in 
combination with behavioral health services to provide an 
individualized approach to the treatment of substance use disorder, 
including opioid use disorder.
    Nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines means a document 
produced by a national or international medical professional 
association, public health agency, such as the World Health 
Organization, or governmental body with the aim of assuring the 
appropriate use of evidence to guide individual diagnostic and 
therapeutic clinical decisions.
* * * * *
    Opioid dependence means repeated self-administration that usually 
results in opioid tolerance, withdrawal symptoms, and compulsive drug-
taking. Dependence may occur with or without the physiological symptoms 
of tolerance and withdrawal.
* * * * *
    Opioid treatment program or ``OTP'' means a program or practitioner 
engaged in opioid treatment of individuals with an opioid agonist 
treatment medication registered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1).
    Opioid treatment program certification means the process by which 
SAMHSA determines that an opioid treatment program is qualified to 
provide opioid treatment under the Federal opioid treatment standards 
described in Sec.  8.12.
    Opioid use disorder means a cluster of cognitive, behavioral, and 
physiological symptoms in which the individual continues use of opioids 
despite significant opioid-induced problems.
    Opioid use disorder treatment means the dispensing of an opioid 
agonist treatment medication, along with a comprehensive range of 
medical and rehabilitative services, when clinically necessary, to an 
individual to alleviate the adverse medical, psychological, or physical 
effects incident to an opioid use disorder. This term includes a range 
of services including detoxification treatment, short-term 
detoxification treatment, long-term detoxification treatment, 
maintenance treatment, comprehensive maintenance treatment, and interim 
maintenance treatment.
    Patient for purposes of subparts B through E of this part, means 
any individual who receives maintenance or detoxification treatment in 
an opioid treatment program. For purposes of subpart F of this part, 
patient means any individual who is dispensed or prescribed covered 
medications by a practitioner.
    Patient limit means the maximum number of individual patients that 
a practitioner may dispense or prescribe covered medications to at any 
one time.
    Practitioner means a physician who is appropriately licensed by the 
State to dispense covered medications and who possesses a waiver under 
21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
    Practitioner incapacity means the inability of a practitioner as a 
result of an involuntary event to physically or mentally perform the 
tasks and duties required to provide medication-assisted treatment in 
accordance with nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines.
* * * * *

0
7. Amend Sec.  8.3 by revising the introductory text of paragraph (b) 
to read as follows:


Sec.  8.3  Application for approval as an accreditation body.

* * * * *
    (b) Application for initial approval. Electronic copies of an 
accreditation body application form [SMA-167] shall be submitted to: 
http://buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/pls/bwns/waiver. Accreditation body 
applications shall include the following information and supporting 
documentation:
* * * * *
Subpart C [Redesignated as Subpart D]

0
8. Redesignate subpart C, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.21 through 8.34, 
as subpart D and revise the heading to read as follows:

Subpart D--Procedures for Review of Suspension or Proposed 
Revocation of OTP Certification, and of Adverse Action Regarding 
Withdrawal of Approval of an Accreditation Body

Subpart B [Redesignated as Subpart C]

0
9. Redesignate subpart B, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.11 through 8.15, 
as subpart C and revise the heading to read as follows:

[[Page 44738]]

Subpart C--Certification and Treatment Standards for Opioid 
Treatment Programs

0
10. Add a heading for new subpart B to read as follows:

Subpart B--Accreditation of Opioid Treatment Programs


Sec. Sec.  8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6  [Transferred to Subpart B]

0
11. Transfer Sec. Sec.  8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 to new subpart B.

Subpart E [Reserved]

0
12. Add reserved subpart E.

0
13. Add subpart F, consisting of Sec. Sec.  8.610 through 8.655, to 
read as follows:

Subpart F--Authorization To Increase Patient Limit to 275 Patients

Sec.
8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for a patient limit of 275?
8.615 What constitutes a qualified practice setting?
8.620 What is the process to request a patient limit of 275?
8.625 How will a Request for Patient Limit Increase be processed?
8.630 What must practitioners do in order to maintain their approval 
to treat up to 275 patients?
8.635 [Reserved]
8.640 What is the process for renewing a practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase approval?
8.645 What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not 
submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase, or whose 
renewal request is denied?
8.650 Can SAMHSA's approval of a practitioner's Request for Patient 
Limit Increase be suspended or revoked?
8.655 Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 275 
patients in emergency situations?

Subpart F--Authorization To Increase Patient Limit to 275 Patients


Sec.  8.610  Which practitioners are eligible for a patient limit of 
275?

    The total number of patients that a practitioner may dispense or 
prescribe covered medications to at any one time for purposes of 21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii) is 275 if:
    (a) The practitioner possesses a current waiver to treat up to 100 
patients under section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 
U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) and has maintained the waiver in accordance with 
applicable statutory requirements without interruption for at least one 
year since the practitioner's notification of intent (NOI) under 
section 303(g)(2)(B) to treat up to 100 patients was approved;
    (b) The practitioner:
    (1) Holds additional credentialing as defined in Sec.  8.2; or
    (2) Provides medication-assisted treatment (MAT) utilizing covered 
medications in a qualified practice setting as defined in Sec.  8.615;
    (c) The practitioner has not had his or her enrollment and billing 
privileges in the Medicare program revoked under Sec.  424.535 of this 
title; and
    (d) The practitioner has not been found to have violated the 
Controlled Substances Act pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a).


Sec.  8.615  What constitutes a qualified practice setting?

    A qualified practice setting is a practice setting that:
    (a) Provides professional coverage for patient medical emergencies 
during hours when the practitioner's practice is closed;
    (b) Provides access to case-management services for patients 
including referral and follow-up services for programs that provide, or 
financially support, the provision of services such as medical, 
behavioral, social, housing, employment, educational, or other related 
services;
    (c) Uses health information technology (health IT) systems such as 
electronic health records, if otherwise required to use these systems 
in the practice setting. Health IT means the electronic systems that 
health care professionals and patients use to store, share, and analyze 
health information;
    (d) Is registered for their State prescription drug monitoring 
program (PDMP) where operational and in accordance with Federal and 
State law. PDMP means a statewide electronic database that collects 
designated data on substances dispensed in the State. For practitioners 
providing care in their capacity as employees or contractors of a 
Federal government agency, participation in a PDMP is required only 
when such participation is not restricted based on their State of 
licensure and is in accordance with Federal statutes and regulations;
    (e) Accepts third-party payment for costs in providing health 
services, including written billing, credit, and collection policies 
and procedures, or Federal health benefits.


Sec.  8.620  What is the process to request a patient limit of 275?

    In order for a practitioner to receive approval for a patient limit 
of 275, a practitioner must meet all of the requirements specified in 
Sec.  8.610 and submit a Request for Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA 
that includes all of the following:
    (a) Completed Request for Patient Limit Increase form;
    (b) Statement certifying that the practitioner:
    (1) Will adhere to nationally recognized evidence-based guidelines 
for the treatment of patients with opioid use disorders;
    (2) Will provide patients with necessary behavioral health services 
as defined in Sec.  8.2 or through an established formal agreement with 
another entity to provide behavioral health services;
    (3) Will provide appropriate releases of information, in accordance 
with Federal and State laws and regulations, including the Health 
Information Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Rule (45 CFR 
part 160 and 45 CFR part 164, subparts A and E) and 42 CFR part 2, if 
applicable, to permit the coordination of care with behavioral health, 
medical, and other service practitioners;
    (4) Will use patient data to inform the improvement of outcomes;
    (5) Will adhere to a diversion control plan to manage the covered 
medications and reduce the possibility of diversion of covered 
medications from legitimate treatment use;
    (6) Has considered how to assure continuous access to care in the 
event of practitioner incapacity or an emergency situation that would 
impact a patient's access to care as defined in Sec.  8.2; and
    (7) Will notify all patients above the 100 patient level, in the 
event that the request for the higher patient limit is not renewed or 
the renewal request is denied, that the practitioner will no longer be 
able to provide MAT services using buprenorphine to them and make every 
effort to transfer patients to other addiction treatment;
    (c) Any additional documentation to demonstrate compliance with 
Sec.  8.610 as requested by SAMHSA.


Sec.  8.625  How will a Request for Patient Limit Increase be 
processed?

    (a) Not later than 45 days after the date on which SAMHSA receives 
a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase as described in 
Sec.  8.620, or renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase as described 
in Sec.  8.640, SAMHSA shall approve or deny the request.
    (1) A practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase will be 
approved if the practitioner satisfies all applicable requirements 
under Sec. Sec.  8.610 and 8.620. SAMHSA will thereafter notify the

[[Page 44739]]

practitioner who requested the patient limit increase, and the Drug 
Enforcement Administration (DEA), that the practitioner has been 
approved to treat up to 275 patients using covered medications. A 
practitioner's approval to treat up to 275 patients under this section 
will extend for a term not to exceed 3 years.
    (2) SAMHSA may deny a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase if SAMHSA determines that:
    (i) The Request for Patient Limit Increase is deficient in any 
respect; or
    (ii) The practitioner has knowingly submitted false statements or 
made misrepresentations of fact in the practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase.
    (b) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase (or renewal), SAMHSA shall notify the practitioner of the 
reasons for the denial.
    (c) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit 
Increase (or renewal) based solely on deficiencies that can be 
resolved, and the deficiencies are resolved to the satisfaction of 
SAMHSA in a manner and time period approved by SAMHSA, the 
practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase will be approved. If 
the deficiencies have not been resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA 
within the designated time period, the Request for Patient Limit 
Increase may be denied.


Sec.  8.630  What must practitioners do in order to maintain their 
approval to treat up to 275 patients?

    (a) A practitioner whose Request for Patient Limit Increase is 
approved in accordance with Sec.  8.625 shall maintain all eligibility 
requirements specified in Sec.  8.610, and all attestations made in 
accordance with Sec.  8.620(b), during the practitioner's 3-year 
approval term. Failure to do so may result in SAMHSA withdrawing its 
approval of a practitioner's Request for Patient Limit Increase.
    (b) [Reserved]


Sec.  8.635  [Reserved]


Sec.  8.640  What is the process for renewing a practitioner's Request 
for Patient Limit Increase approval?

    (a) Practitioners who intend to continue to treat up to 275 
patients beyond their current 3 year approval term must submit a 
renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase in accordance with the 
procedures outlined under Sec.  8.620 at least 90 days before the 
expiration of their approval term.
    (b) If SAMHSA does not reach a final decision on a renewal Request 
for Patient Limit Increase before the expiration of a practitioner's 
approval term, the practitioner's existing approval term will be deemed 
extended until SAMHSA reaches a final decision.


Sec.  8.645  What are the responsibilities of practitioners who do not 
submit a renewal Request for Patient Limit Increase, or whose renewal 
request is denied?

    Practitioners who are approved to treat up to 275 patients in 
accordance with Sec.  8.625, but who do not renew their Request for 
Patient Limit Increase, or whose renewal request is denied, shall 
notify, under Sec.  8.620(b)(7) in a time period specified by SAMHSA, 
all patients affected above the 100 patient limit, that the 
practitioner will no longer be able to provide MAT services using 
covered medications and make every effort to transfer patients to other 
addiction treatment.


Sec.  8.650  Can SAMHSA's approval of a practitioner's Request for 
Patient Limit Increase be suspended or revoked?

    (a) SAMHSA, at any time during a practitioner's 3 year approval 
term, may suspend or revoke its approval of a practitioner's Request 
for Patient Limit Increase under Sec.  8.625 if it is determined that:
    (1) Immediate action is necessary to protect public health or 
safety;
    (2) The practitioner made misrepresentations in the practitioner's 
Request for Patient Limit Increase;
    (3) The practitioner no longer satisfies the requirements of this 
subpart; or
    (4) The practitioner has been found to have violated the CSA 
pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a).
    (b) [Reserved]


Sec.  8.655  Can a practitioner request to temporarily treat up to 275 
patients in emergency situations?

    (a) Practitioners with a current waiver to prescribe up to 100 
patients and who are not otherwise eligible to treat up to 275 patients 
under Sec.  8.610 may request a temporary increase to treat up to 275 
patients in order to address emergency situations as defined in Sec.  
8.2 if the practitioner provides information and documentation that:
    (1) Describes the emergency situation in sufficient detail so as to 
allow a determination to be made regarding whether the situation 
qualifies as an emergency situation as defined in Sec.  8.2, and that 
provides a justification for an immediate increase in that 
practitioner's patient limit;
    (2) Identifies a period of time, not longer than 6 months, in which 
the higher patient limit should apply, and provides a rationale for the 
period of time requested; and
    (3) Describes an explicit and feasible plan to meet the public and 
individual health needs of the impacted persons once the practitioner's 
approval to treat up to 275 patients expires.
    (b) Prior to taking action on a practitioner's request under this 
section, SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent practicable, with the 
appropriate governmental authorities in order to determine whether the 
emergency situation that a practitioner describes justifies an 
immediate increase in the higher patient limit.
    (c) If SAMHSA determines that a practitioner's request under this 
section should be granted, SAMHSA will notify the practitioner that his 
or her request has been approved. The period of such approval shall not 
exceed six months.
    (d) If a practitioner wishes to receive an extension of the 
approval period granted under this section, he or she must submit a 
request to SAMHSA at least 30 days before the expiration of the six 
month period, and certify that the emergency situation as defined in 
Sec.  8.2 necessitating an increased patient limit continues. Prior to 
taking action on a practitioner's extension request under this section, 
SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent practicable, with the appropriate 
governmental authorities in order to determine whether the emergency 
situation that a practitioner describes justifies an extension of an 
increase in the higher patient limit.
    (e) Except as provided in this section and Sec.  8.650, 
requirements in other sections under subpart F of this part do not 
apply to practitioners receiving waivers in this section.

    Dated: June 30, 2016.
Kana Enomoto,
Principal Deputy Administrator, Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
Services Administration.

    Approved: June 30, 2016.
Sylvia M. Burwell,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
[FR Doc. 2016-16120 Filed 7-6-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 4162-20-P



                                                                                                        Vol. 81                           Friday,
                                                                                                        No. 131                           July 8, 2016




                                                                                                        Part III


                                                                                                        Department of Health and Human Services
                                                                                                        42 CFR Part 8
                                                                                                        Medication Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders; Final Rule
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44712                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND                                 substances that have been approved by                     general provisions of the rule; current
                                                  HUMAN SERVICES                                           the Food and Drug Administration                          subparts A, B, and C would change to
                                                                                                           (FDA) for use in maintenance and                          subparts B, C, and D, respectively; the
                                                  42 CFR Part 8                                            detoxification treatment without                          titles of these subparts would be revised
                                                  RIN 0930–AA22                                            registering as an opioid treatment                        to make it clear that they apply only to
                                                                                                           program (OTP). Buprenorphine is a                         OTPs; subpart E is reserved and subpart
                                                  Medication Assisted Treatment for                        schedule III controlled substance under                   F contains the final rule. Subpart A,
                                                  Opioid Use Disorders                                     the CSA. To qualify to treat any patients                 § 8.1 details the scope of the rule and
                                                                                                           with buprenorphine, the practitioner                      explains that the proposed rules in the
                                                  AGENCY:  Substance Abuse and Mental                      must be a physician, possess a valid                      new subpart F pertain only to those
                                                  Health Services Administration                           license to practice medicine, be a                        practitioners using a waiver under 21
                                                  (SAMHSA), HHS.                                           registrant of the Drug Enforcement                        U.S.C. 823(g)(2) with a patient limit of
                                                  ACTION: Final rule.                                      Administration (DEA), have the capacity                   101 to 275. Subpart A, § 8.2 provides the
                                                                                                           to refer patients for appropriate                         definitions that apply to the entirety of
                                                  SUMMARY:    This final rule increases                    counseling and other necessary                            part 8 and § 8.3 discusses opioid
                                                  access to medication-assisted treatment                  ancillary services, and have completed                    treatment programs. Subpart F discusses
                                                  (MAT) with buprenorphine and the                         required training.                                        the authorization to increase the patient
                                                  combination buprenorphine/naloxone                          The CSA also imposes a limit on the                    limit to 275 patients. Subpart F, § 8.610
                                                  (hereinafter referred to as                              number of patients a practitioner may                     describes which practitioners are
                                                  buprenorphine) in the office-based                       treat with certain types of FDA-                          qualified for a patient limit of 275;
                                                  setting as authorized under the United                   approved narcotic drugs, such as                          subpart F, § 8.615 describes a qualified
                                                  States Code. Section 303(g)(2) of the                    buprenorphine, at any one time.                           practice setting; subpart F, § 8.620
                                                  Controlled Substances Act (CSA) allows                   Specifically, Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of                discusses the process to request a
                                                  individual practitioners to dispense or                  the CSA allows qualified practitioners                    patient limit of 275; subpart F, § 8.625
                                                  prescribe Schedule III, IV, or V                         who file an initial notification of intent                details how a request will be processed;
                                                  controlled substances that have been                     (NOI) to treat a maximum of 30 patients                   subpart F, § 8.630 describes what a
                                                  approved by the Food and Drug                            at a time. After 1 year, the practitioner                 practitioner must do to maintain the 275
                                                  Administration (FDA). Section                            may file a second NOI indicating his/her                  patient limit; subpart F, § 8.635 is
                                                  303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA allows                      intent to treat up to 100 patients at a                   reserved; subpart F, § 8.640 details the
                                                  qualified practitioners who file an                      time.                                                     renewal process for practitioners who
                                                  initial notification of intent (NOI) to                     Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii),               desire to keep their 275 patient limit;
                                                  treat a maximum of 30 patients at a                      the Secretary is authorized to change the                 subpart F, § 8.645 discusses the
                                                  time. After 1 year, the practitioner may                 patient limit by regulation.                              responsibilities of practitioners whose
                                                  file a second NOI indicating his/her                                                                               renewal request for the 275 patient limit
                                                                                                           A. Regulatory History
                                                  intent to treat up to 100 patients at a                                                                            was denied or who did not request for
                                                  time. This final rule will expand access                    On March 30, 2016, the Department of                   a renewal of the 275 patient limit;
                                                  to MAT by allowing eligible                              Health and Human Services (HHS)                           subpart F, § 8.650 details the conditions
                                                  practitioners to request approval to treat               issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking                    under which SAMHSA can suspend or
                                                  up to 275 patients under section                         (NPRM), entitled, ‘‘Medication Assisted                   revoke a patient limit increase approval;
                                                  303(g)(2) of the CSA. The final rule also                Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders’’, in                  and subpart F, § 8.655 provides the rules
                                                  includes requirements to ensure that                     the Federal Register, and invited                         applicable to patient limit increases in
                                                  patients receive the full array of services              comment on the proposed rule.1 The                        emergency situations.
                                                  that comprise evidence-based MAT and                     comment period ended on May 31,                              HHS has made some changes to the
                                                  minimize the risk that the medications                   2016. In total, HHS received 498                          proposed rule’s provisions, based on the
                                                  provided for treatment are misused or                    comments on the proposed rule.                            comments we received. Among the
                                                  diverted.                                                Comments came from a wide variety of                      significant changes are the following.
                                                                                                           stakeholders, including, but not limited                     HHS has changed the highest patient
                                                  DATES:  Effective Date: This final rule is               to: Individuals that currently prescribe                  limit from 200 to 275.
                                                  effective on August 8, 2016.                             buprenorphine and other health care                          HHS also changed § 8.610 by revising
                                                  FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                         professionals, such as nurse                              the language in this section. This change
                                                  Jinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health                      practitioners and pharmacists; health                     will allow additional addiction
                                                  Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse                      care policymakers; national                               specialists to treat up to 275 patients by
                                                  Treatment, 240–276–2700.                                 organizations representing providers                      including all practitioners with
                                                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                               and public health agencies; and                           additional credentialing as defined in
                                                                                                           individuals who self-identified as                        § 8.2.
                                                  Electronic Access                                                                                                     HHS has decided to delay the
                                                                                                           current buprenorphine patients. A
                                                    This Federal Register document is                      significant number of comments came                       finalization of the proposed reporting
                                                  also available from the Federal Register                 from individuals who were part of a                       requirements in § 8.635 and is
                                                  online database through Federal Digital                  mass mail campaign organized by a                         publishing elsewhere in this issue of the
                                                  System (FDsys), a service of the U.S.                    national organization representing                        Federal Register a Supplemental Notice
                                                  Government Printing Office. This                         substance use disorder treatment                          of Proposed Rulemaking to solicit
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  database can be accessed via the                         specialists.                                              additional comments on the proposed
                                                  Internet at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.                                                                              reporting requirements prior to
                                                                                                           B. Overview of Final Rule                                 finalizing them. We expect to finalize
                                                  I. Background                                               The final rule adopts the same basic                   the reporting requirements
                                                    Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21                       structure and framework as the                            expeditiously.
                                                  U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows individual                      proposed rule: Subpart A sets forth the                      HHS has responded to the comments
                                                  practitioners to dispense or prescribe                                                                             received on the proposed rule, and
                                                  Schedule III, IV, or V controlled                             1 81   FR 17639 (Mar. 30, 2016).                     provided an explanation of each of the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000     Frm 00002     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44713

                                                  changes made to the proposed rule in                     Opioid Initiative. Given the Secretary’s              how these patients will be counted
                                                  the preamble.                                            authority to increase the patient limit on            toward the patient limit, will be based
                                                                                                           treatment under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) by                on the following principles: (a) The
                                                  II. Provisions of the Proposed Rule and
                                                                                                           rulemaking, the rule is an essential                  relative risk of diversion associated with
                                                  Analysis and Responses to Public
                                                                                                           element of a comprehensive approach to                medications that become covered under
                                                  Comments                                                 increasing access to MAT.                             21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C) after the effective
                                                  A. General Comments                                         HHS also received a wide variety of                date of the proposed rule; and (b) the
                                                                                                           comments related to the issue of MAT                  time required to monitor patient safety,
                                                     HHS received a number of comments
                                                                                                           that did not specifically relate to a                 assure medication compliance and
                                                  that expressed general support and
                                                                                                           section of the proposed rule, but                     effectiveness, and deliver or coordinate
                                                  advocacy for the proposed rule. Many of
                                                                                                           generally fell into five main categories.             behavioral health services.
                                                  these comments pointed to the lives that
                                                                                                           The categories and comments are as                       HHS did not receive any comments
                                                  will be saved and the long waitlists for
                                                                                                           follows.                                              that provided specific criteria to be used
                                                  MAT that will be shortened.
                                                  Commenters also noted that the rule                      Other Practitioners                                   to count new formulations differently
                                                  provides parity with other conditions/                                                                         under the patient limit. One commenter
                                                                                                              Many commenters wrote about the                    suggested that abuse-deterrent labeling
                                                  medications and that the rule will help                  eligibility and role of nurse practitioners
                                                  provide a research-based understanding                                                                         should not be a requirement. HHS did
                                                                                                           and/or physician assistants in                        receive a small number of comments
                                                  of addiction.                                            prescribing buprenorphine. The vast
                                                     There were also some comments that                                                                          about new formulations which
                                                                                                           majority of these commenters suggested
                                                  expressed disagreement with the                                                                                recommended that patients being
                                                                                                           that nurse practitioners and physician
                                                  proposed rule. These commenters said                                                                           treated with these new formulations not
                                                                                                           assistants should be allowed to
                                                  that MAT was not as effective as                                                                               be counted against a patient limit. One
                                                                                                           prescribe buprenorphine under the new
                                                  traditional models and that                                                                                    commenter stated that HHS should
                                                                                                           regulation. Two major associations
                                                  buprenorphine is a drug of diversion                                                                           establish a process for counting the
                                                                                                           wrote in support of registered nurses
                                                  and misuse, and could result in poor                                                                           patients differently if there is a risk to
                                                                                                           with addiction specialty training to be
                                                  outcomes. Some commenters cited a                                                                              public health. Another commenter
                                                                                                           able to prescribe. Numerous comments
                                                  need for more providers rather than                                                                            recommended the establishment of a
                                                                                                           stated that HHS needed to include other
                                                  higher prescribing limits. Several                                                                             process for evaluating new formulations
                                                                                                           practitioners especially in order to reach
                                                  commenters suggested that the                                                                                  that would be triggered by a petition
                                                                                                           rural and medically underserved
                                                  application and renewal procedure and                                                                          from a product manufacturer, trade
                                                                                                           regions.
                                                  the recordkeeping and reporting                             HHS also received several comments                 association, practitioner, State or local
                                                  requirements will dissuade physicians                    opposed to allowing nurse practitioners               agency, or representatives of opioid use
                                                  from applying for the higher patient                     and physician assistants to prescribe                 disorder patients or their families.
                                                  limit.                                                   buprenorphine.                                           HHS received a number of comments
                                                     A comment also suggested that very                       Questions related to expanding                     recommending a cautious approach,
                                                  few additional patients will receive                     eligible prescribers are outside the scope            including one suggestion to not count
                                                  addiction treatment with buprenorphine                   of this rulemaking; the statute limits                patients as fractions and another to
                                                  as a result of the proposed rule, due to                 who is eligible to prescribe                          consider the potential impact of a
                                                  the small number of subspecialists                       buprenorphine for MAT. 21 U.S.C.                      formulation-based counting
                                                  eligible to treat an additional 100                      823(g)(2) limits the practitioners eligible           methodology on practitioners and
                                                  patients each, unclear criteria for what                 for waiver in this context to physicians,             patient-driven recovery. One commenter
                                                  constitutes a qualified practice setting,                and, therefore, HHS is not authorized to              expressed concern that new
                                                  and continued poor reimbursement.                        include other types of providers in this              formulations that require less oversight
                                                     Given the evidence supporting                         rule. However, HHS recognizes the                     from a practitioner may result in the
                                                  buprenorphine-based MAT as an                            issues raised by commenters and the                   reduction of psychosocial and other
                                                  effective treatment for opioid use                       President’s FY 2017 Budget proposes a                 support services. HHS also received a
                                                  disorder and the magnitude of the                        buprenorphine demonstration program                   comment that it is too soon to determine
                                                  opioid crisis, this rule is intended to                  to allow advance practice providers to                how patients treated with the new
                                                  increase access to buprenorphine-based                   prescribe buprenorphine. This would                   formulations should be counted.
                                                  MAT, prevent diversion, and ensure                       allow HHS to begin testing other ways                    HHS will review new formulations as
                                                  quality services are provided. With                      to improve access to buprenorphine                    they are approved by FDA for use in the
                                                  respect to the comment specifically                      throughout the country.                               treatment of opioid use disorder and is
                                                  related to the issues of subspecialty                                                                          strongly supportive of innovative
                                                  board certification and unclear criteria                 New Formulations                                      formulations that increase access to
                                                  for a qualified practice setting, the final                In the NPRM, HHS proposed that the                  MAT.
                                                  rule addresses these issues by replacing                 Secretary would establish a process by                   With respect to the comments
                                                  the ‘‘board certification’’ definition with              which patients who are treated with                   suggesting that no limit apply to
                                                  an ‘‘additional credentialing’’ definition               medications covered under 21 U.S.C.                   patients treated with new formulations,
                                                  and also provides further clarity                        823(g)(2)(C), that have features that                 HHS does not believe that raising the
                                                  regarding the criteria for a qualified                   enhance safety or reduce diversion, as                limit beyond that specified in this rule
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  practice setting. HHS appreciates that                   determined by the Secretary, may be                   is warranted at this time.
                                                  increasing the patient limit for certain                 counted differently toward the                           After reviewing the comments, HHS
                                                  MAT providers is a complex issue and                     prescribing limit established in the                  has determined under the final rule, all
                                                  is not the only avenue for addressing the                proposed rule. Such medications are                   patients treated with medications
                                                  opioid public health crisis. HHS is                      referred to here as ‘‘new formulations.’’             covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C),
                                                  promoting access to all forms of MAT                     HHS also proposed that the criteria for               including new formulations, will be
                                                  for opioid use disorder through multiple                 determining which if any of these new                 counted against the patient limit
                                                  activities included in the Secretary’s                   formulations may be considered, and                   established by this rule in the same


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44714                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  manner. HHS may choose to revisit this                      HHS received a comment                             continuing medical education (CME)
                                                  issue in the future.                                     recommending that physicians obtain a                 programs on the safe and effective use
                                                                                                           written agreement from each patient                   of opioids for treatment of chronic pain
                                                  Patient Cost and Coverage
                                                                                                           stating that the patient: Will receive an             and safe and effective treatment of
                                                     HHS received several comments                         initial assessment and treatment plan;                opioid use disorder. HHS received
                                                  describing insurance-related issues that                 will be subject to medication adherence               comments focused on the system of
                                                  commenters believe affect access to                      and substance use monitoring; and                     treatment for opioid use disorders,
                                                  treatment with buprenorphine. These                      understands all available treatment                   including the integration of behavioral
                                                  comments, which are outside the scope                    options, including all FDA-approved                   health into primary care; screening for
                                                  of this rulemaking, focused on topics                    drugs for treatment of opioid use                     substance use disorders and connecting
                                                  such as varying formats for requesting                   disorder and their potential risks and                to treatment via Screening, Brief
                                                  approval for treatment services and                      benefits. One commenter suggested that                Intervention, and Referral to Treatment
                                                  prescription coverage, reimbursement                     HHS issue firm recommendations on                     (SBIRT); reimbursement issues; and use
                                                  rates, coverage criteria, pharmacy                       safe medication renewal quantities and                of opioid antagonists such as naloxone
                                                  practices, implementation of substance                   weaning and reduction timeframes.                     in preventing opioid overdose.
                                                  use disorder parity laws, and use of                     Another commenter suggested taking                       A comment stated that the
                                                  quality metrics. HHS received                            into consideration the individual’s age,              organization wanted to make sure
                                                  comments stating that the proposed rule                  gender, ethnicity, and culture during                 patients receive long-term evidence-
                                                  does not address the many reasons why                    treatment.                                            based care to treat opioid use disorder.
                                                  providers are not prescribing MAT to                        HHS recognizes that there are                      HHS also received several comments
                                                  the fullest extent of their current                      multiple approaches to addressing                     stating that it needed to ensure that a
                                                  waivers, including concerns about                        opioid use disorder. However, many of                 full continuum of care is available for
                                                  public and private insurer                               these issues are beyond the scope of this             patients. While ongoing work is
                                                  reimbursement for the additional                         rule.                                                 occurring throughout HHS on
                                                  reporting, documentation, and                                                                                  improving access to treatment, these
                                                                                                           Other Approaches to Opioid Use
                                                  counseling as well as concerns about                                                                           specific issues are outside the scope of
                                                                                                           Disorders
                                                  on-site DEA inspections.                                                                                       this rulemaking.
                                                                                                              Many comments provided suggestions                    HHS also received a comment
                                                     HHS appreciates these comments and                    on how to broadly address the problem                 recommending that we consider
                                                  is aware of the issues associated with                   of opioid use disorder. HHS received                  additional strategies to incentivize
                                                  access to buprenorphine. However,                        several comments noting that, despite                 primary care providers to apply for
                                                  these issues are beyond the scope of this                being able to prescribe buprenorphine to              waivers to prescribe buprenorphine,
                                                  rulemaking given HHS’ regulatory                         only a limited number of patients,                    including educational campaigns to
                                                  authority under 21 U.S.C.                                practitioners are not subject to any                  address any misperceptions related to
                                                  823(g)(2)(B)(iii).                                       limits when prescribing opioids for                   buprenorphine prescribing and DEA
                                                  Prescribing Practices                                    pain. Some commenters recommended                     audits, greater dissemination of research
                                                                                                           that either the limit to prescribe                    and data regarding evidence-based
                                                     HHS received many comments that                       buprenorphine be removed or that an                   MAT, and continual engagement with
                                                  related to prescribing practices. One                    opioid prescribing limit be established.              stakeholders to ensure the legal and
                                                  comment recommended that a                               One commenter asked that if HHS                       regulatory framework is appropriate and
                                                  prescriber of buprenorphine not be                       believes that there should be a limit on              effective. Another commenter also
                                                  permitted to make a diagnosis of opioid                  the number of patients treated with                   expressed the need for a national
                                                  use disorder or dependency in order to                   buprenorphine, why HHS is not also                    educational campaign about misuse of
                                                  prevent the development of ‘‘pill mills.’’               seeking a limit on the number of                      prescription opioid analgesics. One
                                                  Another comment stated that Vivitrol®                    patients prescribed schedule II opioids               commenter recommended that HHS
                                                  should be offered along with                             for chronic pain. And another                         work with other local, State and Federal
                                                  buprenorphine and another stated that it                 commenter suggested that physicians                   entities, including the Centers for
                                                  should be prescribed in place of                         who prescribe opioids should be                       Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS),
                                                  buprenorphine.                                           required to offer treatment for opioid                FDA, CDC, and DEA to develop
                                                     Several commenters focused on                         use disorders.                                        education for the public that is both
                                                  limiting prescriptions of opioids. Others                   HHS also received a few comments                   comprehensive and targeted to address
                                                  proposed limiting the allowable dosing                   that concerned treatment using                        the knowledge gaps of relevant
                                                  of buprenorphine. One commenter                          antidepressants, anxiolytics, and                     stakeholders. HHS received comments
                                                  recommended that the number of                           antipsychotics where patient limits do                expressing the importance of increasing
                                                  patients allowed for treatment by a                      not apply. The commenters felt the                    the number of resources, training, and
                                                  waivered practitioner should be tied to                  same concept should be applied to                     qualified personnel to prescribe
                                                  the recommended dose in order to                         buprenorphine.                                        buprenorphine and administer and
                                                  incentivize physicians to prescribe                         A buprenorphine patient limit was                  monitor patients. Another commenter
                                                  appropriate doses of buprenorphine in                    introduced in statute. HHS’ rulemaking                also felt that we should consider
                                                  an effort to decrease diversion. The                     is intended to implement the statutory                additional measures to educate
                                                  commenter also stated that a physician                   provisions. With respect to opioid                    physicians about best practices to
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  treating 200 patients should not be                      prescribing, the Centers for Disease                  minimize the risk of diversion,
                                                  allowed to prescribe more than an                        Control and Prevention (CDC) recently                 including the distribution of best
                                                  average of 2,800 mg of buprenorphine                     released the Guideline for Prescribing                practice guidance documents. An
                                                  per day. HHS also received a comment                     Opioids for Chronic Pain and SAMHSA                   additional comment expressed concerns
                                                  that practitioners prescribing                           supports the Providers’ Clinical Support              that clinics owned and operated by non-
                                                  buprenorphine up to a higher patient                     System-Opioid program, which is a                     physicians, or employing part-time
                                                  limit should be required to see patients                 national training and mentoring project               newly waivered physicians, with no
                                                  at least once a month.                                   that makes available at no cost                       full-time addiction physician oversight


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44715

                                                  and supervision will greatly increase the                United States and Canada regulate                     patient limit for practitioners
                                                  potential for diversion. HHS intends to                  opioid use disorder treatment under                   responding to emergency situations that
                                                  continue to work to educate eligible                     different laws.                                       require immediate, increased access to
                                                  practitioners about the waiver process                      HHS received a comment stating that                medications covered under 21 U.S.C.
                                                  and ensure that the process is as                        impaired decision-making, especially                  823(g)(2)(C). In addition, HHS included
                                                  efficient as possible.                                   for safety sensitive professions (e.g.,               key definitions that will help
                                                     HHS also received a comment                           airline pilots, transit workers, health               practitioners understand and implement
                                                  expressing concerns that raising the                     care professionals), posed public/patient             the requirements of this rule.
                                                  limit will not sufficiently address                      safety concerns due to possible                          As proposed in the NPRM, this rule
                                                  improving access to individuals located                  cognitive and motor impairment related                will be added to 42 CFR part 8 as
                                                  in geographic regions where                              to buprenorphine and stated that                      subpart F. Accordingly, changes to part
                                                  buprenorphine or other MAT                               naltrexone may be considered as an                    8 were necessary to integrate the
                                                  medications are currently unavailable,                   alternative.                                          contents of the new regulations
                                                  because only a third of buprenorphine-                      While this issue is beyond the scope               established by this rule into part 8. For
                                                  waivered physicians are qualified to                     of this rule, HHS encourages all                      example, part 8, subparts A, B, and C,
                                                  treat 100 patients at a time.                            practitioners to fully inform their                   had to be reordered as subparts B, C,
                                                     HHS shares the commenters’ concern                    patients about MAT, whether it is                     and D, respectively. The titles of these
                                                  that some populations are                                appropriate for an individual patient                 subparts were revised to make it clear
                                                  geographically disadvantaged in terms                    and, if so, which FDA-approved                        that they apply only to OTPs.
                                                  of access to MAT. HHS believes this                      medications may be most appropriate                      The comments and HHS’ responses
                                                  final rule will help address this concern                for that patient.                                     are set forth below.
                                                  by expanding the ability for physicians                     Another commenter requested                           Comment: HHS received several
                                                  in all areas, including rural areas, to                  guidance on what constitutes an                       comments stating that raising the
                                                  treat patients with opioid use disorder                  appropriate course of treatment and                   patient limit to 200 was not likely to
                                                  while minimizing the risk of diversion.                  how ‘‘recovery’’ should be determined,                make a significant impact on addressing
                                                  In addition, the shift in policy from                    which will enable them to meet the                    the treatment gap. Some commenters
                                                  allowing a practitioner with a waiver to                 reporting requirements more                           suggested the limit should be raised to
                                                  treat up to 200 patients in the NPRM to                  successfully. An additional commenter                 500 patients or that there should be no
                                                  allowing a practitioner with a waiver to                 requested that guidance specify whether               patient limit at all. Other commenters
                                                  treat up to 275 patients is likely to have               or not an in-office induction is required.            supported the proposed limit of 200
                                                  a significant impact in rural areas which                   HHS appreciates these comments and                 patients. One commenter suggested that
                                                  are currently served by smaller numbers                  will bear them in mind as it develops                 the patient limit be removed for
                                                  of practitioners with waivers.                           guidance documents after the final rule               physicians operating in a nationally
                                                     HHS appreciates the many comments                     goes into effect.                                     accredited or State licensed substance
                                                  aiming to more broadly address the                                                                             use disorder treatment center.
                                                                                                           Subpart A—General Provisions                             Response: In the NPRM, HHS
                                                  issue of opioid use. While this rule is
                                                  more limited in scope, HHS is working                       In the proposed rule, HHS proposed                 proposed raising the patient limit for
                                                  to address some of the ideas expressed                   increasing the highest available patient              certain qualified physicians to 200. This
                                                  in the comments through other actions                    limit for qualified practitioners to                  was based on a conservative estimate of
                                                  taken to implement the Secretary’s                       receive a waiver from 100 to 200. This                the number of patients who could be
                                                  Opioid Initiative.                                       proposed higher patient limit was                     treated by a single physician in a high-
                                                                                                           intended to significantly increase                    quality, evidence-based manner that
                                                  Other Comments                                           patient capacity for practitioners                    minimizes the risk of diversion.
                                                    HHS received several comments                          qualified to prescribe at this level while            However, prior to the NPRM, the
                                                  estimating the number of practitioners                   also ensuring that waivered                           proposed patient limit of 200 did not
                                                  who would seek a waiver for the higher                   practitioners would be able to provide                have the benefit of public comment.
                                                  patient limit. For example, one                          comprehensive treatment associated                    Although many commenters expressed
                                                  comment stated that between 8 and 15                     with MAT.                                             that a 200 patient limit was appropriate,
                                                  Vermont physicians would seek the                           Under the final rule, practitioners                a number of commenters stated that the
                                                  additional waiver to treat 200 patients,                 authorized to treat up to 275 patients                200 patient limit was not sufficient to
                                                  noting that it would have the potential                  will be required to meet infrastructure               substantially address the treatment gap,
                                                  to increase access to office-based                       requirements that exceed those required               with some commenters suggesting the
                                                  outpatient treatment services by                         for practitioners who have a waiver to                limit be raised to 500 and others stating
                                                  between 25 and 50 percent from its                       treat 100 or fewer patients. HHS                      there should be no patient limit. HHS
                                                  current utilization rate. HHS considered                 proposed additional criteria and                      reviewed all pertinent comments and
                                                  these estimates as it calculated the                     responsibilities for practitioners to be              completed a reassessment of the
                                                  Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) for the                 able to treat up to the higher patient                available data. In particular, an analysis
                                                  rule.                                                    limit with the specific aims of ensuring              of the number of patients treated in
                                                    HHS received a comment asking why                      quality of care and minimizing                        OTPs—a set of structured clinics that
                                                  there were different rules for methadone                 diversion. Importantly, the additional                deliver comprehensive care for opioid
                                                  and another one that asked why the                       criteria and responsibilities were not                use disorder—helped to guide HHS’
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  rules were different than the rules in                   intended to be unduly burdensome to                   deliberation. Using data from the 2013
                                                  Canada.                                                  practitioners who wish to expand their                National Survey of Substance Abuse
                                                    Methadone is not included as part of                   MAT treatment practice. Also, the rule                Treatment Services, the average number
                                                  this rule because methadone is a                         does not add these additional                         of patients who could be managed at
                                                  Schedule II drug, while the only                         requirements to practitioners who have                any given time in an OTP ranged from
                                                  medications covered under this rule are                  a waiver to treat up to 100 patients                  262 to 334, demonstrating that high-
                                                  in Schedule III, IV, or V, pursuant to 21                under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2). The rule also              quality, evidence-based MAT could be
                                                  U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C). In addition, the                    creates an option for an increased                    provided to a larger number of patients


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44716                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  in this structured and regulated                         providing MAT using buprenorphine in                  Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                  environment. Given that HHS expects                      all programs licensed or certified by a                 HHS did not receive any comments
                                                  that buprenorphine provision in the                      State oversight agency for substance use.             on this provision. Therefore, for the
                                                  outpatient setting will involve a less                      Response: HHS appreciates the                      reasons set forth in the proposed rule,
                                                  structured and regulated environment,                    comment and the role of ABAM-                         we are finalizing the provisions as
                                                  we believe setting the limit within the                  certified practitioners and has modified              proposed in § 8.1 without modification.
                                                  lower range of the average number of                     the proposed rule to include these
                                                  patients who could be treated in an OTP                  professionals among those eligible for                Subpart A—Definitions (§ 8.2)
                                                  is prudent. Thus, based on our                           the highest limit of 275. With respect to                HHS proposed definitions that would
                                                  reassessment of the data and review of                   the comments suggesting that no limit                 apply to the entirety of part 8. HHS also
                                                  public comments, HHS has determined                      apply to patients treated by practitioners            proposed revising definitions that
                                                  that increasing the patient limit to 275                 in programs licensed or certified by a                would apply only to OTPs. Two
                                                  balances the pressing need to expand                     State oversight agency, HHS believes,                 definitions were proposed for
                                                  access to MAT with the desire to ensure                  for the reasons stated, that the 275                  elimination: ‘‘Registered opioid
                                                  the provision of high-quality, evidence-                 patient limit is the appropriate limit.               treatment program’’ and ‘‘opiate
                                                  based MAT while limiting the risk of                        Comment: HHS received a comment                    addiction.’’
                                                  diversion. We note that this rule is                     recommending that the patient limit be                   HHS proposed a revised definition of
                                                  intended to expand access directly by                    based on the percentage of the practice               ‘‘patient.’’ At present, the definition of
                                                  increasing patient capacity for                          that provides addiction treatment.                    ‘‘patient’’ in § 8.2 is limited to those
                                                  practitioners who get a waiver to treat                     Response: Relevant patient limits in               individuals receiving treatment at an
                                                  more than 100 patients, and indirectly                   this context apply to a specific waivered             OTP, which excludes those individuals
                                                  by increasing the incentive to enter into                practitioner, not to a practice of                    receiving office-based opioid treatment
                                                  the field of addiction medicine or                       multiple providers. Accordingly, HHS                  with buprenorphine, i.e., those
                                                  addiction psychiatry by expanding                        believes that the approach taken in the               practitioners subject to 21 U.S.C.
                                                  opportunities within the field.                          final rule provides the best available                823(g)(2).
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                                                                           method to clearly establish a higher                     HHS proposed a revised definition of
                                                  requesting that the rule provide some
                                                                                                           patient limit that can be monitored and               patient to make it inclusive of all
                                                  waiver increase for all certified office-
                                                                                                           enforced.                                             persons receiving MAT with an opioid
                                                  based opioid treatment with
                                                  buprenorphine physicians. The                               Comment: HHS received a comment                    medication, consistent with the
                                                  commenter also recommended that all                      requesting greater clarity about whether              expanded scope of proposed revisions
                                                  physicians currently holding a waiver to                 a patient treated with buprenorphine at               to 42 CFR part 8. HHS proposed that
                                                  prescribe up to 100 patients and who                     an OTP is counted toward the                          patient ‘‘means any individual who
                                                  have been in good standing for the past                  practitioner’s patient limit. The                     receives MAT from a practitioner or
                                                  year be allowed increases as follows: (1)                commenter recommended that patients                   program subject to this part.’’ Upon
                                                  If they are not board certified and not                  treated in opioid treatment programs not              further review, we determined that
                                                  working in a qualified practice setting,                 be counted toward the patient limit.                  modifications to the proposed definition
                                                  they should be allowed to treat an                          Response: Patients receiving                       of ‘‘patient’’ were needed to clarify the
                                                  additional 50 patients; (2) If they are not              buprenorphine administered or                         scope of patients covered under this
                                                  board certified but are working in a                     dispensed by an OTP, from medication                  rule (for purposes of the patient limit),
                                                  qualified practice setting, they should                  ordered under the program’s DEA                       and to distinguish such patients from
                                                  be allowed to treat an additional 100                    registration, are patients of the OTP and             opioid treatment program patients for
                                                  patients; (3) If they are board certified                do not count toward any practitioner’s                which no patient limit applies. We are
                                                  but not working in a qualified practice                  patient limit.                                        now defining patient as, for purposes of
                                                  setting, they should be allowed to treat                                                                       subparts B–E, meaning any individual
                                                                                                           Summary of Regulatory Changes                         who receives maintenance or
                                                  an additional 150 patients; and (4) If
                                                  they are board certified and are working                   For the reasons set forth above and                 detoxification treatment in an opioid
                                                  in a qualified practice setting, they                    considering the comments and                          treatment program. For purposes of
                                                  should be allowed to treat an additional                 additional information received, we                   subpart F patient means any individual
                                                  200 patients.                                            have changed the proposed patient limit               who is dispensed or prescribed covered
                                                     Response: The rule seeks to balance                   of 200 to 275 patients per practitioner               medications by a practitioner. The
                                                  the increased accountability associated                  for practitioners who meet the                        patient definition modifications
                                                  with the higher limit of 275 with the                    requirements laid out in the final rule.              reflected in the final rule are consistent
                                                  opportunity for practitioners to attain                                                                        with the intention of the NPRM. As we
                                                                                                           Subpart A—Scope (§ 8.1)                               explained in the NPRM, if a
                                                  efficiencies of scale and provide two
                                                  distinct and non-duplicative pathways                      HHS proposed that the scope of part                 practitioner, for example, provides
                                                  by which practitioners can access the                    8 would cover rules that are applicable               cross-coverage for another practitioner
                                                  higher limit. This reflects HHS’ desire to               to OTPs, and to waivered practitioners                and in the course of that coverage the
                                                  provide pathways to the higher limit to                  who seek to treat more than 100 patients              covering practitioner provides a
                                                  a range of motivated practitioners, with                 with applicable medications. New                      prescription for buprenorphine, the
                                                  a modest and tolerable burden to the                     subparts B through D under the final                  patient counts towards the cross-
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  practitioner.                                            rule contain the rules relevant to OTPs.              covering practitioner’s patient limit
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       Subpart E is reserved and Subpart F                   until the prescription or medication has
                                                  recommending that ABAM-certified                         contains the new final rule. Section 8.1              expired. However, if a cross-covering
                                                  physicians not be limited in the number                  also explains that the rules in the new               practitioner is merely available for
                                                  of patients to whom they can prescribe                   subpart F pertain only to those                       consult but does not dispense or
                                                  buprenorphine. HHS also received a                       practitioners using a waiver under 21                 prescribe buprenorphine while the
                                                  comment encouraging HHS to lift the                      U.S.C. 823(g)(2) with a patient limit of              prescribing practitioner is away, the
                                                  patient limit for any practitioner                       101 to 275.                                           patients being covered do not count


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                           44717

                                                  towards the cross-covering practitioner’s                Dependence; the Department of                         a patient of the prescribing practitioner
                                                  patient limit. Therefore, this definition                Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense/               for the duration of the prescription or
                                                  is expected to help ensure consistency                   Clinical Practice Guideline on                        for as long as the dispensed medication
                                                  and clarity in how waivered                              Management of Substance Use Disorder;                 lasts. As noted above, in cases where a
                                                  practitioners count patients towards the                 and the Federation of State Medical                   cross-covering practitioner does not
                                                  patient limit.                                           Boards’ Model Policy on DATA 2000                     provide a patient with covered
                                                     HHS proposed that the rule include                    and Treatment of Opioid Addiction in                  medication, the patient will not count
                                                  the following definition of patient limit:               the Medical Office. HHS expects that                  toward that practitioner’s patient limit.
                                                  ‘‘the maximum number of individual                       guidelines meeting this definition may                In the event that the cross-covering
                                                  patients a practitioner may treat at any                 change over time but does not plan to                 practitioner dispenses or prescribes
                                                  time using covered medications.’’ Given                  keep a list for practitioners to consult.             covered medication to a patient, the
                                                  the changes to the definition of                            The definitions of ‘‘practitioner’’ and            patient will only count towards the
                                                  ‘‘patient,’’ the definition for ‘‘patient                ‘‘practitioner incapacity’’ were modified             cross-covering practitioner for as long as
                                                  limit’’ was modified to mean the                         to remove the term ‘‘waivered’’ since                 the medication lasts or until the
                                                  maximum number of individual                             that term does not appear in the                      prescription expires.
                                                  patients that a practitioner may                         regulatory text. In addition, the                        Comment: HHS received one
                                                  dispense or prescribe covered                            definition of ‘‘certification’’ was                   comment requesting additional
                                                  medications to at any one time. This                     renamed ‘‘opioid treatment program                    examples of the types of guidelines that
                                                  modification ensures alignment between                   certification’’ to clarify that the                   would satisfy the requirement to use
                                                  the definition of ‘‘patient’’ and ‘‘patient              definition in § 8.2 specifically applies to           nationally recognized evidence-based
                                                  limit.’’                                                 certification of OTPs.                                guidelines.
                                                     Taken together, the definitions of                       In addition, the final rule includes a                Response: HHS has added another
                                                  ‘‘patient’’ and ‘‘patient limit’’ provide                definition of Medication-Assisted                     example to the list provided in the
                                                  clear and fair guidance for regulatory                   Treatment (MAT) that was provided in                  preamble of the NPRM with regard to
                                                  enforcement and are expected to reduce                   the preamble of the NPRM, but that was                the definition of ‘‘nationally recognized
                                                  undercounting of patients by                             not inserted into the rule text of the                evidence-based guidelines.’’
                                                  practitioners. These definitions are also                NPRM. Accordingly, ‘‘Medication-                         Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  intended to clarify that patients who are                Assisted Treatment’’ is now defined in                that suggested the establishment of
                                                  not dispensed or prescribed medication                   the text of the final rule.                           standards of care that DATA 2000
                                                  covered by this rule should not be                          The final rule also replaced ‘‘board               providers must follow.
                                                  counted against a practitioner’s patient                 certification’’ with ‘‘additional                        Response: HHS requires in the rule
                                                  limit. Accordingly, waivered                             credentialing’’ due to the removal of the             the use of nationally recognized
                                                  practitioners will be able to provide                    term ‘‘subspecialty’’ with respect to                 evidence-based guidelines, but declines
                                                  reciprocal cross-coverage to patients of                 practitioners that can request a higher               to establish a specific standard of care
                                                  other practitioners (assuming the                        limit outside of a qualified practice                 in regulating the practice of medicine as
                                                  dispensing or prescribing of covered                     setting.                                              it exceeds the scope of the Secretary’s
                                                  medication is not involved) for brief                       The comments and our responses are                 authority.
                                                  periods, such as weekends or vacations,                  set forth below.
                                                  without requiring such patients to be                       Comment: HHS received a small                      Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                  added to the patient count of the                        number of comments regarding the                         For the reasons set forth in the
                                                  practitioner who is providing cross-                     definition of patient as it relates to                proposed rule and after considering the
                                                  coverage.                                                counting a patient towards the cross-                 comments received, HHS is modifying
                                                     Other new definitions proposed                        covering practitioner’s patient limit.                several of the proposed definitions in
                                                  include ‘‘behavioral health services,’’                  One commenter requested that we                       § 8.2 to enhance clarity and consistency
                                                  ‘‘emergency situation,’’ ‘‘nationally                    develop a way for practitioners to                    with the scope of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
                                                  recognized evidence-based guidelines,’’                  provide coverage for other physicians                 Specifically, HHS has modified the
                                                  ‘‘practitioner incapacity’’ and ‘‘waivered               without having to count these patients                definitions for ‘‘patient’’ and ‘‘patient
                                                  practitioner.’’                                          as part of their patient limit. Another               limit,’’ and modified the terms
                                                     HHS proposed to define ‘‘nationally                   commenter recommended that the                        ‘‘practitioner’’ and ‘‘practitioner
                                                  recognized evidence-based guidelines’’                   patients served during cross-coverage                 incapacity.’’ Finally, HHS removed the
                                                  to mean a document produced by a                         count either toward the practitioner’s                term ‘‘board certification’’ and added
                                                  national or international medical                        patient limit for 30 days or the number               ‘‘additional credentialing’’ to clarify that
                                                  professional association, public health                  of days’ supply provided by the                       all practitioners who currently qualify
                                                  entity, or governmental body with the                    prescription, whichever is greater.                   to treat up to 100 patients are eligible for
                                                  aim of ensuring the appropriate use of                   Another commenter recommended that                    the higher patient limit if they are
                                                  evidence to guide individual diagnostic                  prescriptions for less than 30 days                   included as specialists as described in
                                                  and therapeutic clinical decisions. Some                 during cross-coverage should not count                21 U.S.C. 823 (g)(2)(G)(ii)(I)–(III).
                                                  examples include the American Society                    against the practitioner’s patient limit.
                                                  of Addiction Medicine (ASAM)                                Response: HHS is aware that                        Subparts B, C, and D—Opioid
                                                  National Practice Guidelines for the Use                 providing coverage in a time-limited                  Treatment Programs (§§ 8.3 Through
                                                  of Medications in the Treatment of                       manner has posed a challenge to                       8.34)
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  Addiction Involving Opioid Use;                          practitioners and patients. By defining                 HHS proposed retitling subparts B, C,
                                                  SAMHSA’s Treatment Improvement                           ‘‘patient’’ for purposes of subpart F as,             and D §§ 8.3 through 8.34 so as to
                                                  Protocol 40: Clinical Guidelines for the                 ‘‘any individual who is dispensed or                  implement the addition of subpart F.
                                                  Use of Buprenorphine in the Treatment                    prescribed covered medications by a                   We proposed changes to these sections
                                                  of Opioid Addiction; the World Health                    practitioner,’’ the definition links the              limited to changing the mailing address
                                                  Organization Guidelines for the                          patient to the practitioner who provides              for program certification and
                                                  Psychosocially Assisted                                  the patient with his or her covered                   accreditation body approval and
                                                  Pharmacological Treatment of Opioid                      medications. Such patients will remain                updating terms, such as ‘‘opiate’’ and


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44718                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  ‘‘opiate addiction’’ to ‘‘opioid’’ and                   care, the criteria for the higher limit               limit: (1) ABAM; (2) ASAM; (3)
                                                  ‘‘opioid use disorder,’’ respectively.                   would be intended to minimize the risk                American Board of Psychiatry and
                                                     The comments and our responses are                    of diversion of controlled substances to              Neurology (ABPN); and (4) American
                                                  set forth below.                                         illicit use and accidental exposure that              Osteopathic Association. Another
                                                     Comment: HHS received one                             could result from increased prescribing               commenter recommended that HHS
                                                  comment that recommended that it                         of buprenorphine. A practitioner with                 allow osteopathic physicians who are
                                                  develop result-oriented performance                      board certification in an addiction                   also boarded in other areas to be board-
                                                  standards for methadone maintenance                      subspecialty would have to have the                   certified in addiction medicine.
                                                  treatment programs (also referred to as                  training and experience necessary to                     Response: HHS has revised the
                                                  opioid treatment programs); provide                      recognize and address behaviors                       language from § 8.610(b)(1), allowing
                                                  guidance to treatment programs                           associated with increased risk of                     practitioners who possess additional
                                                  regarding the type of data that must be                  diversion. In the qualified practice                  credentialing as defined in § 8.2 to
                                                  collected to permit assessment of                        settings, HHS believes that the care team             become eligible for the higher, 275-
                                                  programs’ performance; and assure                        and practice systems will function to                 patient limit. However, given the
                                                  increased program oversight oriented                     help ensure this same level of care. HHS              significant responsibility associated
                                                  toward performance standards.                            requested comments on this proposed                   with prescribing buprenorphine, HHS
                                                     Response: HHS is not addressing the                   approach, including comments on                       believes that practitioners should
                                                  performance standards for opioid                         whether there are other ways for HHS to               additional credentialing as defined in
                                                  treatment programs in this rule.                         ensure quality and safety while                       § 8.2 to safely and appropriately provide
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       encouraging practitioners to take on                  treatment up to 275 patients outside of
                                                  stating that the Federal government                      additional patients.                                  a qualified practice setting. Therefore,
                                                  should be putting pressure on States to                     The comments and HHS responses are                 HHS declines to incorporate some of the
                                                  open access to care through OTPs in                      set forth below.                                      proposed approaches into the rule.
                                                  States that are more likely to prohibit                     Comment: HHS received numerous                        Comment: HHS received a small
                                                  opioid treatment programs from                           comments expressing concerns about                    number of comments requesting a
                                                  operating.                                               the restrictive nature of the requirement             grandfathering clause for physicians
                                                     Response: HHS is committed to                         to obtain subspecialty board                          who are currently working full time in
                                                  increasing access to MAT through                         certification in order to reach the higher            the addiction field and who have
                                                  various strategies, but cannot address                   patient limit.                                        missed the option to become board
                                                  this specific issue through the final rule.                 Response: HHS has revised the                      certified without doing a fellowship by
                                                                                                           language from § 8.610(b)(1), allowing                 the change in the availability of the
                                                  Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                                                                           practitioners who possess additional                  ABAM exam.
                                                    HHS did not receive any comments                       credentialing as defined in § 8.2 to                     Response: Given the significant
                                                  related to §§ 8.3 through 8.34 that were                 become eligible for the higher, 275-                  responsibility associated with
                                                  capable of being addressed in the final                  patient limit. HHS believes that this                 prescribing buprenorphine, HHS
                                                  rule. Therefore, for the reasons set forth               new requirement balances the need to                  believes that practitioners should have
                                                  in the proposed rule, HHS is finalizing                  maintain a qualified workforce while                  additional credentialing as defined in
                                                  the provisions §§ 8.3 through 8.34                       having realistic expectations that do not             § 8.2.
                                                  without modification.                                    prohibit capable practitioners from                      Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                                                                           increasing their patient limits.                      recommending that physicians who
                                                  Subpart F—Which Practitioners Are
                                                                                                              Comment: One comment expressed                     have been recognized by SAMHSA for
                                                  Eligible for a Patient Limit of 275
                                                                                                           concerns that the rule will create a two-             their Science and Service to their office-
                                                  (§ 8.610)
                                                                                                           tiered system resulting in patients with              based treatment patients should be
                                                     Proposed § 8.610 described how                        the same diagnosis receiving markedly                 given priority when applying for the
                                                  practitioners can qualify for the 200                    different quality and intensity of                    increased patient limit.
                                                  patient limit. Such practitioners would                  services, and recommended that we                        Response: Given the significant
                                                  be required to possess subspecialty                      create a continuum of care whereby all                responsibility associated with
                                                  board certification in addiction                         patients with the same diagnosis receive              prescribing the applicable medications
                                                  medicine or addiction psychiatry or                      equally high quality, evidence-based                  covered under the final rule, HHS
                                                  practice in a qualified practice setting as              care.                                                 believes that practitioners should have
                                                  defined in the rule. In either case,                        Response: HHS disagrees that the rule              additional credentialing as defined in
                                                  practitioners with the higher limit                      creates a two-tiered system. Rather, it               § 8.2 or practice in a qualified practice
                                                  would have to possess a waiver to treat                  extends and enhances the system that                  setting to safely and appropriately
                                                  100 patients for at least 1 year in order                currently exists in an effort to improve              provide treatment to up to 275 patients.
                                                  to gain experience treating at the higher                access to treatment for those with opioid             We believe most, if not all, of these
                                                  limit. The purpose of offering the 200                   use disorders.                                        practitioners will meet these
                                                  patient limit to practitioners in these                     Comment: HHS received a comment                    requirements. Therefore, HHS declines
                                                  two categories was to recognize the                      recommending that we implement an                     to incorporate this approach into the
                                                  benefit offered to patients by either: (1)               accreditation initiative for qualified                rule.
                                                  The advanced training, knowledge, and                    practitioners seeking to increase the                    Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  skill of practitioners with a subspecialty               number of patients for whom they                      recommending that OTP licensure be
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  board certification; or (2) the higher                   prescribe buprenorphine.                              the only pathway to creating addiction
                                                  level of direct service provision and care                  Response: HHS does not believe this                treatment programs that treat more than
                                                  coordination envisioned in the qualified                 approach is warranted at this time.                   100 patients.
                                                  practice setting. This approach would                       Comment: HHS received a comment                       Response: HHS believes that the
                                                  restrict access to the 200 patient limit to              stating that all physicians who currently             pathways outlined in the final rule
                                                  a subset of the practitioners waivered to                have credentials provided by one of the               provide appropriate pathways through
                                                  provide care up to 100 patients. In                      following professional organizations be               which practitioners can become eligible
                                                  addition to ensuring higher quality of                   eligible to request the increased patient             to prescribe buprenorphine to up to 275


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                          44719

                                                  patients, while taking into account                      Limiting access to treating up to 275                 Subpart F—Qualified Practice Setting
                                                  quality care and risk of diversion. Given                patients to practitioners who have                    (§ 8.615)
                                                  OTP capacities and other regulatory                      completed accredited fellowships or                      HHS proposed § 8.615 to describe the
                                                  requirements, limiting access to treating                residencies in addiction medicine                     necessary elements of a qualified
                                                  up to 275 patients to OTPs would                         would reduce the ability to increase                  practice setting, which can include
                                                  reduce the ability to increase access to                 access to care in as meaningful a way as              practices with as few as one waivered
                                                  care in as meaningful a way as can be                    can be accomplished through the                       provider as long as these criteria are
                                                  accomplished through the pathways                        pathways included in the final rule.                  met, and can include both private
                                                  included in the final rule.                              Therefore, HHS has declined to                        practices and community-based clinics.
                                                     Comment: HHS received several                         incorporate this approach into the rule.              Necessary elements of a qualified
                                                  comments recommending an alternate                          Comment: HHS received a comment                    practice setting would include: (1) The
                                                  pathway for non-specialists in addiction                 recommending that, in addition to
                                                                                                                                                                 ability to offer patients professional
                                                  medicine, which would require them to                    providing current pathways to become
                                                                                                                                                                 coverage for medical emergencies
                                                  complete an additional 36 hours of                       eligible for the higher patient limit, HHS
                                                                                                                                                                 during hours when the practitioner’s
                                                  addiction-related CME every three                        reserve the authority to identify any
                                                                                                                                                                 practice is closed; this does not need to
                                                  years. HHS received another comment                      additional criteria that could make a
                                                                                                                                                                 involve another waivered practitioner,
                                                  proposing an alternate pathway that                      practitioner qualified to apply for the
                                                                                                                                                                 only that coverage be available for
                                                  includes 24 hours of training, with                      higher limit.
                                                                                                              Response: HHS retains this authority.              patients experiencing an emergency
                                                  Naloxone education as a part of that
                                                                                                              Comment: HHS received a few                        even when the office is closed; (2) the
                                                  training.
                                                     Response: HHS has revised the                         comments about the length of time it                  ability to ensure access to patient case-
                                                  language from § 8.610(b)(1), allowing                    takes for practitioners to qualify to treat           management services including
                                                  practitioners who possess additional                     the higher patient limit. These                       behavioral health services; (3) health
                                                  credentialing as defined in § 8.2 to                     comments noted that it will take two                  information technology (health IT)
                                                  become eligible for the higher, 275-                     years for new practitioners to become                 systems such as electronic health
                                                  patient limit. However, given the                        eligible to prescribe buprenorphine to                records, when practitioners are required
                                                  significant responsibility associated                    the higher patient limit and some                     to use it in the practice setting in which
                                                  with prescribing buprenorphine, HHS                      suggested creating a faster pathway.                  he or she practices; (4) participation in
                                                  believes that practitioners should have                     Response: In more than doubling the                a prescription drug monitoring program
                                                  additional credentialing as defined in                   patient limit as a result of the final rule           (PDMP), where operational, and in
                                                  § 8.2 to safely and appropriately provide                for certain practitioners with a 100                  accordance with State law. PDMP
                                                  treatment to up to 275 patients outside                  patient limit, HHS believes it is critical            means a statewide electronic database
                                                  of a qualified practice setting. Therefore,              to ensure that practitioners who obtain               that collects designated data on
                                                  HHS has declined to incorporate this                     the higher patient limit have at least one            substances dispensed in the State. For
                                                  approach into the rule.                                  year of experience prescribing at the                 practitioners providing care in their
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       current highest patient limit.                        capacity as employees or contractors of
                                                  suggesting that an alternate pathway be                  Practitioners who have had a waiver to                a Federal government agency,
                                                  considered on a case by case basis in                    treat up to 100 patients for at least a year          participation in a PDMP would be
                                                  highly rural areas where practitioners                   will be eligible to apply for the higher              required only when such participation
                                                  may not be board certified or part of a                  limit immediately.                                    is not restricted based on State law or
                                                  qualified practice setting. The                                                                                regulation based on their State of
                                                                                                           Summary of Regulatory Changes                         licensure and is in accordance with
                                                  commenter recommended that
                                                  providers who request the higher                            For the reasons set forth in the                   Federal statutes and regulations; and (5)
                                                  patient limit in these settings be                       proposed rule and considering the                     employment, or a contractual obligation
                                                  required to have a mentor with                           comments received, HHS replaced                       to treat patients in a setting that has the
                                                  extensive expertise and with whom they                   ‘‘board certification’’ with ‘‘additional             ability to accept third-party payment for
                                                  have regular consultation.                               credentialing’’ in § 8.2 which will allow             costs in providing health services,
                                                     Response: Given the significant                       additional practitioners to become                    including written billing, credit and
                                                  responsibility associated with                           eligible for the 275-patient limit. At the            collection policies and procedures, or
                                                  prescribing buprenorphine, HHS                           beginning of § 8.610, we replaced the                 Federal health benefits.
                                                  believes that practitioners should be                    text that states that ‘‘A practitioner is                The elements were identified as
                                                  board certified or practicing in a                       eligible for a patient limit of 200,’’ with           common to many high-quality practice
                                                  qualified practice setting to safely and                 language that states the total number of              settings, which includes both private
                                                  appropriately provide this treatment to                  patients that a practitioner may                      practices as well as federally qualified
                                                  up to 275 patients. Therefore, HHS has                   dispense or prescribe covered                         health centers and community mental
                                                  declined to incorporate this approach                    medications to at any one time for                    health centers, and therefore worthy of
                                                  into the rule.                                           purposes of 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii) is            replication. The elements would be
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       275. Other than increasing the                        expected to be common to OTPs, and
                                                  that it should not raise the patient limit               applicable patient limit to 275 (the basis            OTPs currently in operation but not
                                                  for any practitioner who has not                         for which has been discussed elsewhere                providing MAT under 21 U.S.C.
                                                  completed an accredited fellowship or                    in this preamble) the modified language               823(g)(2). Taken together, this would
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  residency in addiction medicine.                         does not reflect an intention to                      facilitate additional opportunities to
                                                     Response: HHS believes that the                       substantively change any other aspect of              expand access to MAT. Another
                                                  pathways outlined in the final rule                      the patient limit from that which was                 consideration in the selection of these
                                                  provide appropriate pathways through                     proposed in the NPRM. Rather, the                     elements was the need to limit the
                                                  which practitioners can become eligible                  language modification is intended to                  expansion of group practices formed for
                                                  to prescribe buprenorphine to up to 275                  align the final rule’s text with the                  the sole purpose of pooling the
                                                  patients, while taking into account                      terminology used in 21 U.S.C.                         individual practitioner limits to
                                                  quality care and risk of diversion.                      823(g)(2)(B)(iii).                                    maximize revenue but which fail to


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44720                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  offer a full continuum of services. HHS                  buprenorphine and have an interest in                 patient limit, is beyond the scope of the
                                                  sought comment on additional, alternate                  applying for the higher patient limit.                rule.
                                                  pathways by which a practitioner could                   HHS believes the burden imposed on
                                                                                                                                                                 Health Information Technology (Health
                                                  become eligible to apply for a higher                    these practitioners would be
                                                                                                                                                                 IT)
                                                  patient limit.                                           unreasonable and is not justified.
                                                     The comments and HHS responses are                    Accordingly, HHS has not made any                        Comment: HHS received a small
                                                  set forth below.                                         changes to the rule based on this                     number of comments requesting
                                                     Comment: HHS received a small                         comment.                                              clarification about what exactly
                                                  number of comments expressing                               Comment: One commenter also                        constitutes a qualifying use of health IT.
                                                  concerns that a qualified practice setting               encouraged pharmacists to enter into                  Specifically, the commenter asked
                                                  does not include a mandate to have                       collaborative practice agreements with                whether the definition of ‘‘meaningful
                                                  trained substance use disorder                           physicians and other prescribers as part              use’’ under the Medicare regulations
                                                  counseling staff on site or available by                 of a qualified practice setting.                      would apply, and whether a program
                                                  an affiliation agreement. One                               Response: HHS encourages                           specifically designed for medical use
                                                  commenter also recommended requiring                     collaborative relationships between                   would be required or if a practitioner
                                                  a set ratio of addiction counselors in                   physicians and pharmacists, but                       could simply maintain a spreadsheet of
                                                  qualified practice settings. HHS also                    declines to require it as a specific                  all enrolled patients.
                                                  received a small number of comments                      requirement as part of the definition of                 Response: The rule requires that
                                                  recommending that HHS implement a                        qualified practice setting.                           practitioners use health IT like
                                                  requirement that provides for waivered                      Comment: HHS received a comment                    electronic health records or health
                                                  practitioners to hire behavioral health                  suggesting that skilled nursing homes                 information exchanges only if such
                                                  providers as part of their practice or                   and long-term residency facilities be                 records are otherwise required to be
                                                  have a formalized agreement with                         added to the list of settings in which                used in the practitioner’s practice
                                                  outside providers to offer these services.               buprenorphine induction and                           setting. The rule does not create a new
                                                     Response: HHS has carefully                           maintenance can occur.                                requirement to use electronic health
                                                  considered the required elements of a                       Response: Any facility that meets the              records.
                                                  qualified practice setting and has                       requirements of a qualified practice                     Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  balanced the benefits of ensuring quality                setting will be considered a qualified                stating that electronic health records are
                                                  services and preventing diversion with                   practice setting.                                     not as efficient as paper reporting.
                                                  the costs of being too restrictive. A                       Comment: One commenter suggested                      Response: HHS disagrees. Some of the
                                                  requirement to have substance use                        any medical facility offering MAT                     specific benefits associated with
                                                  disorder counseling or other behavioral                  should offer both buprenorphine and                   electronic health records include the
                                                  health providers on staff on site or                     Vivitrol®.                                            ability to access patient charts remotely,
                                                  available by an affiliation agreement                       Response: HHS supports the full array              the receipt of notifications about
                                                  could limit the number of entities that                  of services, including medications, that              potential medical errors, the receipt of
                                                  would meet the requirements of a                         comprise evidence-based MAT, but this                 important reminders about providing
                                                  qualified practice setting and therefore                 requirement is beyond its scope.                      preventive care and meeting clinical
                                                  not sufficiently increase access to                         Comment: HHS received a comment                    guidelines, and the ability to
                                                  treatment. A specific set ratio of                       expressing concerns that the rule will                communicate directly with patients. All
                                                  addiction counselors in a qualified                      consolidate the use of medication in                  of these benefits enable practitioners to
                                                  practice setting may also restrict the                   large treatment centers, which will lead              make well-informed, safe, and timely
                                                  number of entities which would meet                      to increased prices for patients.                     treatment decisions and ultimately
                                                  the definition of qualified practice                        Response: HHS expects that the                     provide higher-quality care.
                                                  setting and limit the impact of the rule.                practitioners who obtain a waiver to
                                                     Comment: HHS received a small                         prescribe to up to 275 patients as well               Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs
                                                  number of comments noting that the                       as additional practitioners who decide                (PDMPs)
                                                  narrow definition of a qualified practice                to obtain a waiver for 30 or 100 patients                Comment: HHS received a small
                                                  setting makes it difficult for rural                     either in an effort to eventually obtain              number of comments expressing
                                                  physicians or physicians in underserved                  a 275 patient limit or because they feel              concerns about the requirement to check
                                                  settings to meet these qualifications.                   more confident that treatment capacity                PDMPs. These comments noted that not
                                                     Response: HHS believes that entities                  in the community is sufficient to keep                all States have operational PDMPs and
                                                  such as federally qualified health                       them from being overwhelmed by                        questioned the extent to which PDMPs
                                                  centers, community mental health                         demand, will increase access to MAT at                benefit patients.
                                                  centers, OTPs, and certain private                       both individual practices as well as                     Response: HHS supports PDMPs as a
                                                  practices which exist in rural and other                 among practitioners affiliated with                   tool to address opioid use disorders and
                                                  underserved areas can meet the                           treatment centers. HHS does not have                  notes that at the time of the proposed
                                                  definition of a qualified practice setting.              information to assess how this will                   rule, there were 49 States with
                                                     Comment: One comment                                  impact patient prices for care.                       operational PDMPs. The rule requires
                                                  recommended that HHS require third-                                                                            the use of a PDMP where a program is
                                                  party accreditation for qualified practice               After-Hours Coverage                                  operational and its use is permitted/
                                                  settings via the Commission on                             Comment: HHS received a comment                     required in accordance with State law.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  Accreditation of Rehabilitation                          recommending that all practitioners                      Comment: Several comments stated
                                                  Facilities (CARF) or the Joint                           who prescribe MAT should have after-                  that providers should be incentivized to
                                                  Commission on Accreditation of Health                    hours coverage, regardless of the size of             use PDMPs. One commenter
                                                  Care Organizations (JCAHO).                              the practice.                                         recommended that the final rule require
                                                     Response: Requiring accreditation of                    Response: Adopting the approach                     regular review of the PDMP for patients
                                                  qualified practice settings could create a               urged by the commenter, which would                   receiving buprenorphine and
                                                  barrier for individual practitioners who                 apply to all practitioners prescribing                documentation of the reviews in the
                                                  have a waiver to prescribe                               MAT regardless of their authorized                    patient’s chart. Another commenter


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44721

                                                  suggested a mandatory review of State                    of behavioral health support services                 a result, raising the patient limit may
                                                  PDMPs on each visit to make certain                      and HHS encourages all practitioners                  not effectively increase access to care.
                                                  that buprenorphine/naloxone is filled                    who are authorized to prescribe                          Response: The enforcement of
                                                  appropriately and no other narcotics are                 buprenorphine to ensure that their                    concurrent psychosocial treatment with
                                                  being prescribed.                                        patients receive these services.                      buprenorphine exceeds the scope of this
                                                    Response: HHS understands this                            Comment: HHS received a small                      rule.
                                                  comment to refer to all patients who                     number of comments in favor of raising
                                                                                                                                                                 Third-Party Payment
                                                  may be prescribed buprenorphine. HHS                     the patient limit without requiring
                                                  appreciates these comments; but the                      formal counseling. One commenter                         Comment: HHS received numerous
                                                  suggestions fall beyond the scope of this                stated that many patients feel that                   comments expressing concerns with the
                                                  rule.                                                    attending less formal counseling that is              requirement that practitioners prescribe
                                                    Comment: One comment requested                         not delivered by licensed or certified                in a setting that accepts third-party
                                                  that HHS provide assistance to States in                 health care professionals such as                     payment.
                                                  developing and improving prescription                    Narcotics Anonymous meetings are                         Response: This requirement was
                                                  drug monitoring programs.                                counterproductive.                                    created to minimize the public health
                                                    Response: Providing assistance to                         Response: HHS believes that in order               and safety risks, such as diversion, that
                                                  States in developing and improving                       to ensure quality care, providing                     are associated with dispensing or
                                                  PDMPs is outside the scope of the rule,                  behavioral health support services is a               prescribing medications that are not
                                                  but HHS does have several programs                       key component to delivering effective                 supported by an appropriate medical
                                                  that have provided this assistance to                    MAT and encourages all practitioners                  diagnosis and assessment of medical
                                                  States in the past and has a program at                  prescribing covered medications to                    need. Such risks are often associated
                                                  CDC that currently does so. More                         ensure that their patients receive it. The            with ‘‘cash only: entities that do not
                                                  information can be found here—http://                    selection of behavioral health support                accept any third-party payment for
                                                  www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/pdmp/                           services is a clinical decision to be made            services. Using third-party payment
                                                  states.html.                                             between the practitioner and the                      provides a record that buprenorphine
                                                    Comment: One commenter stated that                     patient.                                              has been provided to an individual and
                                                  registration with a State prescription                      Comment: HHS received a small                      thus allows for more accountability,
                                                  database should be a requirement for all                 number of comments requesting that it                 lowering the risk of diversion. However,
                                                  waivered physicians, not just the ones                   provide a clearer definition of the                   not everyone who needs treatment has
                                                  with the higher limit.                                   format of referral to behavioral health               a third-party payer (e.g., insurance or
                                                    Response: Imposing requirements on                     providers. One commenter requested                    Medicaid coverage). Thus, to avoid
                                                  practitioners treating patients for all                  that HHS issue guidance that clearly                  creating more barriers to treatment for
                                                  waivered practitioners is beyond the                     defines the format of referral                        these individuals, this regulation would
                                                  scope of this rule.                                      agreements. One comment requested                     not require third-party payment for all
                                                                                                           that HHS define the format of referral to             patients by practitioners operating at the
                                                  Provision of Behavioral Health Services                  behavioral health services to require                 higher patient limit and instead would
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       active referring rather than just the                 only require that the provider be
                                                  requesting clarification about how a                     capacity to refer. Similarly, another                 authorized and capable of billing third-
                                                  qualified practice is required to provide                commenter recommended that                            party payers as an indication of their
                                                  access to case management services and                   providers with a waiver to prescribe                  level of accountability. Moreover, with
                                                  whether providing the phone number                       buprenorphine be required to include a                increasing coverage of substance use
                                                  for other providers would satisfy this                   Letter of Agreement with an                           disorder treatment through private
                                                  requirement.                                             organization for counseling services.                 insurance and Medicaid programs in
                                                     Response: The intent of the                              Response: HHS believes that limiting               many States, substance use disorder
                                                  requirement is that a practitioner have                  the referral to a specific format may be              treatment providers should have
                                                  services available on site or have a                     unduly restrictive and have unintended                additional incentives to qualify and
                                                  referring relationship to case                           consequences. As noted earlier, HHS                   engage in third-party billing.
                                                  management or counseling services that                   declines to require a specific written                   Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  allows for warm hand-offs of the patient                 agreement as part of the behavioral                   requesting clarification on whether a
                                                  and ongoing care coordination, not just                  health services component of the                      practice would need to accept all third-
                                                  the ability to provide a phone number.                   qualified practice setting definition, but            party payment sources, including
                                                     Comment: HHS received numerous                        may provide further guidance with                     Medicare and Medicaid. The commenter
                                                  comments about the need for                              respect to example referral agreements                also asked whether a practitioner can
                                                  comprehensive psychosocial or case                       at a later date.                                      require payment in cash but provide
                                                  management treatment and team-based                         Comment: HHS received a comment                    billing information for the patient to
                                                  care along with buprenorphine.                           asking whether a peer recovery support                submit to their insurance for
                                                     Response: HHS agrees that                             specialist would be considered capable                reimbursement.
                                                  comprehensive behavioral support                         of meeting the requirements for                          Response: Practitioners who qualify
                                                  services are a critical component of the                 providing behavioral health services.                 for the higher patient limit by practicing
                                                  effective delivery of MAT, including                        Response: Peer recovery support                    in a qualified practice setting must be
                                                  buprenorphine-based MAT. The                             services are one possible behavioral                  able to accept third-party payments.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  standard of care 2 includes the provision                health service. The selection of specific             However, the intention of the
                                                                                                           psycho-social interventions is a clinical             requirement is not that the practitioner
                                                    22 Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Clinical      decision to be made between the                       must accept only third-party payments
                                                  Guidelines for the Use of Buprenorphine in the           practitioner and the patient.                         or must accept all third-party payment
                                                  Treatment of Opioid Addiction. Treatment                    Comment: HHS received a comment                    sources. Rather, the practitioner in a
                                                  Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. DHHS
                                                  Publication No. (SMA) 04–3939. Rockville, MD:
                                                                                                           noting that current guidelines for                    qualified practice setting must accept at
                                                  Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services               concurrent psychosocial treatment with                least some third-party payment systems.
                                                  Administration, 2004                                     buprenorphine are not enforced and, as                The practitioner in a qualified practice


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44722                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  setting cannot have a ‘‘cash only’’                      Subpart F—Process To Request a Higher                 one year, after being approved to treat
                                                  business.                                                Patient Limit of 275 (§ 8.620)                        more than 100 patients.
                                                    Comment: HHS received a comment                                                                                 Response: The patient level refers to
                                                                                                              HHS proposed § 8.620 to describe the               those patients the practitioner is treating
                                                  recommending that physicians be
                                                                                                           process to request a patient limit of 200.            at the time the request is denied. It is
                                                  incentivized to care for Medicaid
                                                                                                           Similar to the waiver process for the 30              the practitioner’s responsibility to
                                                  patients by not counting a certain
                                                                                                           and 100 patient limits, the process                   review his or her case load and identify
                                                  number of Medicaid patients towards
                                                                                                           would begin with filing a form, in this               which patients over the 100 patient
                                                  their higher limit.
                                                                                                           case, a Request for Patient Limit                     limit he or she will notify.
                                                    Response: This issue is beyond the                     Increase. A proposed draft of the                        Comment: A commenter noted that
                                                  scope of this rule.                                      Request for Patient Limit Increase was                Question 8 requires physicians to certify
                                                    Comment: HHS received several                          posted along with the NPRM and has                    that they will only use Schedule III, IV,
                                                  comments stating that the requirement                    been submitted to the Office of                       or V drugs or combinations of drugs that
                                                  to accept third-party payments should                    Management and Budget for final                       have been approved by the FDA for use
                                                  be expanded to include all individuals                   review. The higher patient limit would                in maintenance or detoxification
                                                  with the higher patient limit, not just                  carry with it greater responsibility for              treatment and that have not been the
                                                  those using the ‘‘qualified practice                     behavioral health services, care                      subject of an adverse determination. The
                                                  setting’’ exception.                                     coordination, diversion control, and                  commenter requests information about
                                                    Response: The elements of a qualified                  continuity of care in emergencies and                 the purpose of this certification, as it
                                                  practice setting are intended to provide                 for transfer of care in the event that the            appears to be a significant restriction on
                                                  practitioners who have not qualified for                 practitioner does not request renewal of              a physician’s ability to practice
                                                  the higher patient limit as a result of                  the higher patient limit or the                       medicine and prescribe other
                                                  possessing additional credentialing as                   practitioner’s renewal request is denied.             medications as needed.
                                                  defined in § 8.2 with the necessary                      The new Request for Patient Limit                        Response: The certification check box
                                                  specialty training to prevent diversion                  Increase process would require                        on the Request for Patient Limit Increase
                                                  and provide quality services. HHS                        providers to affirm that they would meet              is to ensure that waivered practitioners
                                                  declines to incorporate this approach                    these requirements. HHS proposed                      certify that they are using only
                                                  into the rule.                                           definitions of ‘‘behavioral health                    medications covered under 21 U.S.C.
                                                                                                           services,’’ ‘‘diversion control plan,’’               823(g)(2)(C). Patients for whom a
                                                  Diversion Control Plan
                                                                                                           ‘‘emergency situation,’’ ‘‘nationally                 practitioner does not dispense or
                                                     Comment: HHS received numerous                        recognized evidence-based guidelines,’’               prescribe covered medications should
                                                  comments about the need for formal                       and ‘‘practitioner incapacity’’ in § 8.2 to           not be counted against the patient limit.
                                                  diversion mitigation strategies, such as                 assist practitioners in understanding                 This does not mean that practitioners
                                                  wrapper counts, drug testing,                            what is expected of them in making                    are prohibited from prescribing
                                                  enforcement of the parity law for                        these attestations. These responsibilities            medications to treat conditions other
                                                  treatment, and the use of more efficient                 would be aligned with the standards of                than a substance use disorder among
                                                  and lower dose, dual therapy                             ethical medical and business practice                 their office-based opioid treatment with
                                                  preparations.                                            and are not expected to be burdensome                 buprenorphine patients.
                                                     Response: HHS agrees that a diversion                 to practitioners. Single State                           Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  plan is important. The final rule                        Authorities, State Opioid Treatment                   recommending that it consider the
                                                  requires that providers who receive the                  Authorities and other resources/entities              impact of the 42 CFR part 2 substance
                                                  higher patient limit attest to having such               exist to help in the development of                   use disorder treatment confidentiality
                                                  a plan. The specifics of the diversion                   patient placement in the event that                   provisions on patients who do not share
                                                  plan will be left to the individual                      transfer to other addiction treatment                 their substance use records with their
                                                  practitioner.                                            would be required, for example, if a                  other providers.
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       practitioner chose to no longer practice                 Response: The appropriate sharing of
                                                  recommending that physicians obtain a                    at the higher patient limit. HHS                      patient information is important. As
                                                  written agreement from each patient                      proposed that practitioners approved at               such, HHS included an attestation that
                                                  stating that the patient: Will receive an                the higher limit would also be required               practitioners receiving a waiver to treat
                                                  initial assessment and treatment plan;                   to reaffirm their ongoing eligibility to              up to 275 patients provide appropriate
                                                  will be subject to medication adherence                  fulfill these requirements every 3 years              releases of information, in accordance
                                                  and substance use monitoring; and                        as described in § 8.640.                              with Federal and State laws and
                                                  understands all available treatment                         The comments and our responses are                 regulations, including the Health
                                                  options, including all FDA-approved                      set forth below.                                      Information Portability and
                                                  drugs for treatment of opioid use                                                                              Accountability Act and implementing
                                                                                                              Comment: HHS received a comment                    regulations and 42 CFR part 2.
                                                  disorder and their potential risks and                   expressing the following concerns about
                                                  benefits.                                                the Request for Patient Limit Increase                Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                     Response: HHS supports the intent of                  form: Question 7A9 assumes that                         For the reasons set forth in the
                                                  the comment but these issues are related                 physicians have an ‘‘original’’ 100                   proposed rule, and considering the
                                                  to provider-patient relationships and                    patients, and additional patients above               comments received, HHS is finalizing
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  therefore beyond the scope of this rule.                 the 100 patient level who would need                  the provisions as proposed in § 8.620
                                                                                                           to be transferred elsewhere in the event              without modification.
                                                  Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                                                                           that a physician’s renewal request for
                                                    For the reasons set forth in the                       the higher patient limit is denied.                   Subpart F—How Will a Patient Request
                                                  proposed rule, and considering the                       However, the commenter noted that it is               for a Higher Limit Be Processed (§ 8.625)
                                                  comments received, HHS is finalizing                     unrealistic to assume that a physician                  HHS proposed § 8.625 to describe
                                                  the provisions as proposed in § 8.615                    would be treating the exact same                      how SAMHSA will process a Request
                                                  without modification.                                    original 100 patients three years, or even            for Patient Limit Increase. The process


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44723

                                                  for requesting a higher patient limit                       Response: HHS does not have the                    proposed the following reporting
                                                  would be processed similarly to how the                  administrative capacity to conduct a                  requirements:
                                                  current 30 or 100 patient waiver is                      periodic review of all waivered                       a. The average monthly caseload of
                                                  processed, with one difference. Whereas                  practitioners’ outcome statistics and                    patients receiving buprenorphine-
                                                  the lower patient limit waivers are not                  other aspects of their practices beyond                  based MAT, per year
                                                  time limited, the waiver for the higher                  its anticipated oversight activities to               b. Percentage of active buprenorphine
                                                  limit would have a term not to exceed                    ensure compliance with the rule.                         patients (patients in treatment as of
                                                  3 years with the option for renewal.                        Comment: HHS received a comment                       reporting date) that received
                                                  Thus, a practitioner would be required                   suggesting that the turn-around time for                 psychosocial or case management
                                                  to submit a new Request for Patient                      approving waiver requests be shortened                   services (either by direct provision or
                                                  Limit Increase every 3 years if he or she                from 45 to 30 days.                                      by referral) in the past year due to:
                                                  desired to continue treating up to the                      Response: HHS appreciates the                         1. Treatment initiation
                                                  higher patient limit. In addition, we                    commenters desire to shorten the time                    2. Change in clinical status
                                                  proposed, among other things, that if                    frame within which SAMHSA would                       c. Percentage of patients who had a
                                                  SAMHSA denied a practitioner’s                           process a Patient Request for a Higher                   prescription drug monitoring program
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase on the                Limit; however, due to staff and                         query in the past month
                                                  basis of deficiencies that could be                      resource limitations, HHS believes the                d. Number of patients at the end of the
                                                  resolved, SAMHSA would allow a                           45 day time period is a balanced                         reporting year who:
                                                  designated time period for resolving                     approach for ensuring requests are                       1. Have completed an appropriate
                                                  such deficiencies. We also proposed                      turned around in an appropriate time                        course of treatment with
                                                  that, if such deficiencies are not                       frame to meet both the practitioner and                     buprenorphine in order for the
                                                  resolved during the designated time                      SAMHSA’s needs. HHS notes that it                           patient to achieve and sustain
                                                  period, SAMHSA would deny the                            views this timeframe as a maximum, not                      recovery
                                                  practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit                 a minimum, and will endeavor to                          2. Are not being seen by the provider
                                                  Increase. It should be noted that DEA                    process these requests quickly.                             due to referral by the provider to a
                                                  has independent enforcement authority                    Summary of Regulatory Changes                               more or less intensive level of care
                                                  and this rule in no way affects that                                                                              3. No longer desire to continue use of
                                                  authority or changes the way in which                       For the reasons set forth in the                         buprenorphine
                                                  DEA and SAMHSA interact with respect                     proposed rule and considering the                        4. Are no longer receiving
                                                  to waivers.                                              comment HHS received, HHS is                                buprenorphine for reasons other
                                                     After considering this process, the                   finalizing the provisions as proposed in                    than 1–3.
                                                  Department has made a minor                              § 8.625 with the exception of the word
                                                                                                                                                                    The comments and HHS responses are
                                                  modification to § 8.625(c) by replacing                  change noted in § 8.625(c).
                                                                                                                                                                 set forth below.
                                                  the word ‘‘will’’ with the word ‘‘may’’                  Subpart F—What must practitioners do                     HHS received a number of comments
                                                  in the last sentence of this paragraph.                  in order to maintain their approval to                on these requirements. Many
                                                  This modification gives SAMHSA the                       treat up to 275 patients under § 8.625                commenters expressed concern that the
                                                  flexibility to approve a practitioner’s                  (§ 8.630)                                             reporting requirements were
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase, if, for                                                                    burdensome and could decrease
                                                                                                              HHS proposed § 8.630 to describe the
                                                  example, relevant deficiencies are                                                                             practitioners’ interest in reaching the
                                                                                                           conditions for maintaining a waiver for
                                                  resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA                                                                         higher patient limit. Some commenters
                                                                                                           each 3-year period for which waivers
                                                  shortly after the expiration of the                                                                            said that the reporting requirements
                                                                                                           are valid, including maintenance of all
                                                  designated time period.                                                                                        would not ensure the appropriate level
                                                                                                           eligibility requirements specified in
                                                     The comments and HHS responses are                                                                          of behavioral health care. There were
                                                                                                           § 8.610, and all attestations made in
                                                  set forth below.                                                                                               other concerns that the requirements
                                                                                                           accordance with § 8.620(b). Compliance
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       with the requirements specified in                    were not consistent between
                                                  recommending that the length of the                      § 8.620 would have to be continuous.                  practitioners who had waivers to treat
                                                  term to prescribe buprenorphine should                      HHS did not receive any comments                   up to 100 patients and practitioners
                                                  gradually increase to a term of 3 years.                 specific to § 8.630.                                  with the higher patient limit. In
                                                  The commenter stated that initially it                                                                         addition, there was confusion about the
                                                  should be a 1-year term, then a 2-year                   Summary of Regulatory Changes                         periodicity of the reporting
                                                  term, and then a 3-year term thereafter.                   HHS did not receive any comments                    requirements. Overall, many
                                                     Response: HHS has sought to strike                    on this provision. Therefore, for the                 commenters requested clarity.
                                                  the right balance between encouraging                    reasons set forth in the proposed rule,                  HHS proposed to include reporting
                                                  practitioners to apply for the higher                    HHS is finalizing the provisions as                   requirements as part of its approach to
                                                  patient limit and ensuring that they are                 proposed in § 8.630 without                           increasing access to MAT while
                                                  providing high quality care. HHS                         modification.                                         ensuring that patients receive the full
                                                  believes that asking practitioners to                                                                          array of services that comprise
                                                  submit a Request for Patient Limit                       Subpart F—RESERVED (§ 8.635)                          evidence-based MAT and minimizing
                                                  Increase more frequently than every 3                      HHS proposed § 8.635 to describe the                the risk that the medications provided
                                                  years would create an unnecessary                        reporting requirements for practitioners              for treatment are misused or diverted.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  burden and act as a deterrent to                         whose Request for Patient Limit                       HHS appreciates the comments received
                                                  requesting the higher limit.                             Increase is approved under § 8.625. HHS               and, in light of them, has decided to
                                                     Comment: HHS received one                             requested comments on whether the                     delay finalizing this section of the
                                                  comment suggesting that, rather than                     proposed reporting periods and                        proposed rule and to publish elsewhere
                                                  using a 3-year term, the highest patient                 deadline could be combined with other,                in this issue of Federal Register a
                                                  limit should be based on a periodic                      existing reporting requirements in a way              Supplemental Notice of Proposed
                                                  review of the practice and its outcome                   that would make reporting less                        Rulemaking on the reporting
                                                  statistics.                                              burdensome for practitioners. HHS                     requirements proposed in § 8.635 of the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44724                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  NPRM. As explained in the                                should be added regarding when a                      would suspend or revoke a
                                                  Supplemental Notice of Proposed                          response to a request should be                       practitioner’s patient limit increase of
                                                  Rulemaking published elsewhere in this                   provided and what one does when the                   200. If SAMHSA had reason to believe
                                                  issue of the Federal Register, HHS will                  response does not come by the stated                  that immediate action would be
                                                  consider the public comments on this                     time.                                                 necessary to protect public health or
                                                  Supplemental Notice as well as                              Response: HHS believes the                         safety, SAMHSA would suspend the
                                                  comments already received on the                         commenter was confused with respect                   practitioner’s patient limit increase of
                                                  March 30, 2016 NPRM in finalizing the                    to the 90 day time period. The NPRM                   200. If SAMHSA determined that the
                                                  reporting requirements. We expect to                     indicated that ‘‘Practitioners who intend             practitioner had made
                                                  finalize the reporting requirements                      to continue to treat up to 200 patients               misrepresentations in his or her Request
                                                  expeditiously following the receipt of                   beyond their current 3 year approval                  for Patient Limit Increase, or if the
                                                  additional public comment.                               term must submit a renewal Request for                practitioner no longer satisfied the
                                                                                                           Patient Limit Increase in accordance                  requirements of this subpart, or he or
                                                  Summary of Regulatory Changes                            with the procedures outlined under                    she had been found to have violated the
                                                    HHS is reserving § 8.635                               § 8.620 at least 90 days before the                   CSA pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a),
                                                                                                           expiration of their approval term.’’ It               SAMHSA would revoke the
                                                  Subpart F—Process for Renewing
                                                                                                           does not state that SAMHSA has 90                     practitioner’s patient limit increase of
                                                  Patient Limit Increase Approval
                                                                                                           days to process the renewal request. In               200. It should be noted that DEA has
                                                  (§ 8.640)
                                                                                                           addition, the proposed rule states that               independent enforcement authority and
                                                     We proposed § 8.640 to describe the                   ‘‘If SAMHSA does not reach a final                    this rule in no way affects that authority
                                                  process for a practitioner renewing his                  decision on a renewal Request for                     or changes the way in which DEA and
                                                  or her approval for the higher patient                   Patient Limit Increase before the                     SAMHSA interact with respect to
                                                  limit. In order for a practitioner to                    expiration of a practitioner’s approval               waivers.
                                                  renew an approval, he or she would                       term, the practitioner’s existing                       The comments and HHS responses are
                                                  have to submit a renewal Request for                     approval term will be deemed extended                 set forth below.
                                                  Patient Limit Increase in accordance                     until SAMHSA reaches a final                            Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  with the procedures outlined under                       decision.’’ Thus, the preamble of the                 that practitioners who perform poorly
                                                  § 8.620 at least 90 days before the                      proposed rule discusses what happens if               on outcome and quality measures
                                                  expiration of the approval term.                         the response from SAMHSA is not                       should be limited to 100 patients or less,
                                                     The comments and HHS responses are                    obtained by a certain date.                           or even have their waiver revoked if
                                                  set forth below.                                                                                               outcomes and quality are extremely
                                                     Comment: HHS received several                         Summary of Regulatory Changes                         poor.
                                                  comments recommending that the                             For the reasons set forth in the                      Response: HHS believes allowing for
                                                  renewal request be synchronized with                     proposed rule, and considering the                    suspension or revocation when
                                                  the renewal of the DEA registration in                   comments received, HHS is finalizing                  SAMHSA determines that a practitioner
                                                  an effort to reduce administrative                       the provisions as proposed in § 8.640                 no longer satisfies the requirements of
                                                  burdens.                                                 without modification.                                 the rule is appropriate and
                                                     Response: HHS agrees that                                                                                   commensurate with ensuring that
                                                  coordination among Federal agencies is                   Subpart F—Responsibilities of                         patients receive quality care.
                                                  beneficial and will work with DEA to                     Practitioners Who Do Not Submit a                     Additionally, such requirements
                                                  synchronize these forms to the extent                    Renewal Request for Patient Limit                     relating to practitioners who have
                                                  possible.                                                Increase or Whose Renewal Request Is                  waivers to treat up to 30 and 100
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       Denied (§ 8.645)                                      patients are beyond the scope of this
                                                  stating that the current certification and                  HHS proposed § 8.645 to describe the               rule.
                                                  recertification process should be                        responsibilities of practitioners who do                Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  retained and that additional                             not submit a renewal Request for Patient              requesting that we add an appeals
                                                  recertification requirements are                         Limit Increase or whose renewal request               mechanism for physicians to dispute
                                                  unnecessary. The commenter also stated                   is denied. Under § 8.620(b)(7),                       erroneous determinations of not being
                                                  that the DEA registration renewal                        practitioners would notify all patients               in compliance with requirements for the
                                                  process, as well as the regular oversight                affected above the 100 patient limit that             patient limit increase.
                                                  of waivered physicians conducted by                      the practitioner would no longer be able                Response: HHS declines to set forth a
                                                  SAMHSA, is sufficient to ensure safety                   to provide MAT services using covered                 specific appeal mechanism in the rule,
                                                  and proper prescribing practices and                     medications and would make every                      but notes that practitioners are able to
                                                  that a duplicative recertification process               effort to transfer patients to other                  re-apply if their Request for Patient
                                                  will only discourage participation by                    addiction treatment.                                  Limit Increase is denied.
                                                  providers.
                                                     Response: HHS believes that due to                    Summary of Regulatory Changes                         Summary of Regulatory Changes
                                                  the fact that practitioners with the                       HHS did not receive any comments                      The proposed language under § 8.650
                                                  higher patient limit will now be able to                 on this provision. Therefore, for the                 provided only one circumstance under
                                                  treat up to almost 3 times as many                       reasons set forth in the proposed rule,               which SAMHSA could suspend a
                                                  patients as prior to the rule, additional                HHS is finalizing the provisions as                   practitioner’s Patient Limit Increase
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  requirements related to renewing the                     proposed in § 8.645 without                           approval, and three instances under
                                                  practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit                 modification.                                         which SAMHSA could revoke this
                                                  Increase is prudent to ensure high                                                                             approval. After further consideration,
                                                  quality care and minimize diversion.                     Subpart F—Suspension or Revocation of                 HHS has modified the language in
                                                     Comment: HHS received a comment                       a Practitioner’s Patient Limit Increase               § 8.650 in an effort to allow the
                                                  stating that the 90 day timeline for                     Approval (§ 8.650)                                    Secretary to suspend or revoke a
                                                  receiving approval is too long. The                        HHS proposed § 8.650 to describe                    practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                  commenter also stated that language                      under what circumstances SAMHSA                       Increase approval on the basis of any of


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                          44725

                                                  the criteria identified in this section to               immediate increase in the higher patient                 Response: Every effort will be made to
                                                  provide additional flexibility. For the                  limit. If, after consultation with the                assure prompt decision-making and
                                                  reasons set forth in the proposed rule                   governmental authorities, SAMHSA                      communication regarding requests to
                                                  and considering the comments received,                   determines that a practitioner’s request              increase a practitioner’s patient limit in
                                                  HHS is finalizing the remaining                          under this section should be granted,                 response to an emergency. Given the
                                                  provisions of this section as proposed in                SAMHSA will notify the practitioner                   wide variety of situations, number of
                                                  the NPRM.                                                that his or her request has been                      stakeholders and decision-makers
                                                  Subpart F—Practitioner Patient Limit                     approved. The period of such approval                 involved, and range of acuity of possible
                                                  Increase During Emergency Situations                     shall not exceed six months. A                        emergency situations, a specific
                                                  (§ 8.655)                                                practitioner wishing to receive an                    deadline will not be established in the
                                                                                                           extension of the approval period granted              final rule.
                                                     HHS proposed § 8.655 to describe the                  must submit a request to SAMHSA at                       Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  process, including the information and                   least 30 days before the expiration of the            that the application process for an
                                                  documentation necessary, for a                           six month period and certify that the                 emergency should be simplified.
                                                  practitioner with an approved 100                        emergency situation continues. Except                    Response: HHS believes the
                                                  patient limit to request approval to                     as provided in this section and § 8.650,              application process outlined in the rule
                                                  temporarily treat up to 200 patients in                  requirements in other sections under                  is necessary to ensure public safety and
                                                  an emergency situation. The intention of                 subpart F do not apply to practitioners               welfare. Furthermore, HHS believes that
                                                  this provision is to help assure                         receiving waivers in this section.                    there is a compelling reason to require
                                                  continuity of care for patients whose                       The comments and HHS responses are                 an application process given that the
                                                  care might otherwise be abruptly                         set forth below.                                      practitioner could be taking on almost 3
                                                  terminated due to the death or disability                                                                      times as many patients without the
                                                                                                              Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  of their practitioner. This provision                                                                          necessary training or qualified practice
                                                                                                           that the governmental authority, not the
                                                  would also help communities respond                                                                            setting supports.
                                                                                                           physician, should make a request to
                                                  rapidly to a sudden increase in demand                                                                            Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                                                                           temporarily treat the higher patient limit
                                                  for medication-assisted treatment.                                                                             recommending that the State Opioid
                                                                                                           in emergency situations.
                                                  Sudden increases in demand for                                                                                 Treatment Authority or Single State
                                                                                                              Response: The waiver authorized
                                                  treatment may be experienced when                                                                              Agency determine whether physicians
                                                  there is a local disease outbreak                        under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) may be
                                                                                                           granted to practitioners who dispense or              can assure continuous access to care in
                                                  associated with drug use, or when a                                                                            the event of practitioner incapacity or
                                                  natural or human-caused disaster either                  prescribe covered medications to
                                                                                                           patients. Therefore, only practitioners               emergency and whether physicians will
                                                  displaces persons in treatment from                                                                            be able to notify all patients that they
                                                  their practitioner or program or destroys                may request a temporary patient limit
                                                                                                           increase under emergency situations.                  are no longer able to provide
                                                  program infrastructure. The emergency                                                                          buprenorphine, in the event that the
                                                  provision generally would not be                         However, along with working with
                                                                                                           practitioners, SAMHSA will consult, to                request for the higher patient limit is not
                                                  intended to correct poor resource                                                                              renewed or the renewal request is
                                                  deployment due to lack of planning.                      the extent possible, with governmental
                                                                                                           authorities to address emergency                      denied.
                                                  The emergency provision of the                                                                                    Response: HHS cannot address this
                                                  proposed rule would only be considered                   situations.
                                                                                                                                                                 issue within the scope of this rule.
                                                  if other options for addressing the                         Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                                                                                                                                    Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  increased demand for medication-                         recommending that it focus resources on
                                                                                                                                                                 stating that emergency provisions
                                                  assisted treatment could not address the                 creating sustainable, expanded
                                                                                                                                                                 should be explicitly expanded to
                                                  situation.                                               treatment capacity to relieve those
                                                                                                                                                                 include exemption from the patient
                                                     HHS proposed that the practitioner                    physicians impacted by the emergency
                                                                                                                                                                 limit for categories of patients in
                                                  must provide information and                             request who may not be qualified or
                                                                                                                                                                 immediate need of treatment where no
                                                  documentation that: (1) Describes the                    have the infrastructure to treat over 100
                                                                                                                                                                 other practitioner is available. The
                                                  emergency situation in sufficient detail                 patients per the proposed rule.
                                                                                                                                                                 comment specifically mentioned
                                                  so as to allow a determination to be                        Response: HHS agrees with the                      pregnant women with an opioid use
                                                  made regarding whether the emergency                     commenter that sustainable, expanded                  disorder, and persons with a recent non-
                                                  qualifies as an emergency situation as                   treatment capacity is the goal for all                fatal opioid overdose.
                                                  defined in § 8.2, and that provides a                    practitioners who experience emergency                   Response: The patient limit applies to
                                                  justification for an immediate increase                  situations. By granting an extension of               practitioners and not patients; therefore,
                                                  in that practitioner’s patient limit; (2)                the six-month emergency provision, this               the circumstances related to the
                                                  identifies a period of time in which the                 will allow practitioners with a waiver to             availability of practitioners with waivers
                                                  higher patient limit should apply, and                   treat up to 100 patients, with up to a                must dictate the emergency, not the
                                                  provides a rationale for the period of                   year of experience with prescribing                   circumstances of individual patients.
                                                  time requested; and (3) describes an                     covered medications, and will better                     Comment: HHS received a comment
                                                  explicit and feasible plan to meet the                   position them to apply for a Request for              recommending that practitioners be able
                                                  public and individual health needs of                    Patient Limit Increase.                               to treat an unlimited number of patients
                                                  the impacted persons once the                               Comment: HHS received a small                      during an emergency.
                                                  practitioner’s approval to treat up to the               number of comments asking how                            Response: HHS does not believe that
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  higher patient limit expires. Prior to                   quickly providers will be notified about              this approach is warranted at this time.
                                                  taking action on a practitioner’s request                whether they are approved to increase                    Comment: HHS received several
                                                  under this section, SAMHSA shall                         their patient limit during an emergency,              comments describing a need for a
                                                  consult, to the extent practicable, with                 with one commenter requesting that this               clearer definition of emergency
                                                  the appropriate governmental                             information be included in the final                  situations.
                                                  authorities in order to determine                        rule. Another commenter recommended                      Response: HHS’ intent is to reserve
                                                  whether the emergency situation that a                   that providers receive a response within              this option for true emergency
                                                  practitioner describes justifies an                      48 to 72 hours.                                       situations. Recognizing that no two


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44726                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  emergencies look the same, HHS                           requirements specified in § 8.610 and                 submit a renewal Request for Patient
                                                  envisions that this option for a                         submit a Request for Patient Limit                    Limit Increase in accordance with the
                                                  temporary higher patient limit could be                  Increase to SAMHSA that includes all of               procedures outlined under § 8.620 at
                                                  triggered when a waivered practitioner                   the following:                                        least 90 days before the expiration of the
                                                  dies or becomes physically or mentally                      • Completed 3-page Request for                     approval term.
                                                  incapacitated or whose waiver is                         Patient Limit Increase Form, a draft of                  D. Patient Notice, 42 CFR 8.645:
                                                  suspended or revoked. Other possible                     which was posted in the public docket                 Describes the responsibilities of
                                                  scenarios include: Unforeseen                            along with the NPRM;                                  practitioners who do not submit a
                                                  displacement of a large population of                       • Statement certifying that the
                                                                                                                                                                 renewal Request for Patient Limit
                                                  individuals in need of medication-                       practitioner:
                                                                                                              Æ Will adhere to nationally                        Increase or whose renewal request is
                                                  assisted treatment due to disaster;                                                                            denied. Practitioners who do not renew
                                                  outbreak of acute infections that are                    recognized evidence-based guidelines
                                                                                                           for the treatment of patients with opioid             their Request for Patient Limit Increase
                                                  blood borne or otherwise associated                                                                            or whose renewal request is denied
                                                  with injection drug use such as HIV. In                  use disorders;
                                                                                                              Æ Will provide patients with                       must notify all patients above the 100
                                                  all cases the emergency increase of a
                                                                                                           necessary behavioral health services as               patient limit that the practitioner will
                                                  practitioner’s patient limit is meant to
                                                                                                           defined in § 8.2 or will provide such                 no longer be able to provide MAT
                                                  be temporary. The affected community
                                                                                                           services through an established formal                services using covered medications and
                                                  and practitioner(s) should plan to
                                                                                                           agreement with another entity to                      make every effort to transfer patients to
                                                  definitively meet the need for treatment
                                                                                                           provide behavioral health services;                   other addiction treatment. The Patient
                                                  and resolve the emergency by
                                                                                                              Æ Will provide appropriate releases of             Notice is a model notice to guide
                                                  expanding all forms of MAT and
                                                                                                           information, in accordance with Federal               practitioners in this situation when they
                                                  meeting criteria for the higher patient
                                                                                                           and State laws and regulations,                       notify their patients.
                                                  limit via non-emergency criteria at the
                                                  earliest possible date.                                  including the Health Information                         E. Emergency Provisions, 42 CFR
                                                                                                           Portability and Accountability Act                    8.655: Describes the process for
                                                  Summary of Regulatory Changes                            Privacy Rule and part 2, if applicable, to            practitioners with a current waiver to
                                                    For the reasons set forth in the                       permit the coordination of care with                  prescribe up to 100 patients, and who
                                                  proposed rule, and considering the                       behavioral health, medical, and other                 are not otherwise eligible to treat up to
                                                  comments received, HHS is finalizing                     service practitioners;                                275 patients, to request a temporary
                                                  the provisions as proposed in § 8.655                       Æ Will use patient data to inform the              increase to treat up to 275 patients in
                                                  without modification.                                    improvement of outcomes;                              order to address emergency situations as
                                                                                                              Æ Will adhere to a diversion control               defined in § 8.2. To initiate this process,
                                                  III. Information Collection                              plan to manage the covered medications
                                                  Requirements                                                                                                   the practitioner shall provide
                                                                                                           and reduce the possibility of diversion               information and documentation that: (1)
                                                     The NPRM called for new collections                   of covered medications from legitimate                Describes the emergency situation in
                                                  of information under the Paperwork                       treatment use;                                        sufficient detail so as to allow a
                                                  Reduction Act of 1995. The final rule                       Æ Has considered how to assure
                                                                                                                                                                 determination to be made regarding
                                                  calls for the most of the same collections               continuous access to care in the event
                                                                                                                                                                 whether the situation qualifies as an
                                                  of information as the NPRM. As defined                   of practitioner incapacity or an
                                                                                                                                                                 emergency situation as defined in § 8.2,
                                                  in implementing regulations,                             emergency situation that would impact
                                                                                                                                                                 and that provides a justification for an
                                                  ‘‘collection of information’’ comprises                  a patient’s access to care as defined in
                                                                                                                                                                 immediate increase in that practitioner’s
                                                  reporting, recordkeeping, monitoring,                    § 8.2; and
                                                                                                              Æ Will notify all patients above the               patient limit; (2) Identifies a period of
                                                  posting, labeling, and other similar                                                                           time, not longer than 6 months, in
                                                  actions. In this section, we first identify              100 patient level, in the event that the
                                                                                                           request for the higher patient limit is not           which the higher patient limit should
                                                  and describe the types of information                                                                          apply, and provides a rationale for the
                                                  applicants and waivered practitioners                    renewed or the renewal request is
                                                                                                           denied, that the practitioner will no                 period of time requested; and (3)
                                                  must collect and report, and then we                                                                           Describes an explicit and feasible plan
                                                  provide an estimate of the total annual                  longer be able to provide MAT services
                                                                                                           using buprenorphine to them and make                  to meet the public and individual health
                                                  burden. The estimate covers the                                                                                needs of the impacted persons once the
                                                  employees’ time for reviewing and                        every effort to transfer patients to other
                                                                                                           addiction treatment.                                  practitioner’s approval to treat up to 275
                                                  posting the collections required.                                                                              patients expires. If a practitioner wishes
                                                     Title: Medication Assisted Treatment                     B. Diversion Control Plan, 42 CFR
                                                                                                           8.12(c)(2): Creating and maintaining a                to receive an extension of the approval
                                                  for Opioid Use Disorders.                                                                                      period granted under this section, he or
                                                     OMB Control Number: 0930–03XX.                        diversion control plan is one of the
                                                     Summary of the Collection of                          requirements that practitioners must                  she must submit a request to SAMHSA
                                                  Information: The final rule estimates up                 attest to before they are approved to                 at least 30 days before the expiration of
                                                  to six categories of information                         treat at the higher limit. This plan is not           the 6-month period, and certify that the
                                                  collection, each of which is described in                required to be submitted to SAMHSA.                   emergency situation as defined in § 8.2
                                                  the following analysis:                                     C. Renewal, 42 CFR 8.640: Describes                necessitating an increased patient limit
                                                     A. Approval, 42 CFR 8.620(a) through                  the process for a practitioner renewing               continues.
                                                  (c): In order for a practitioner to receive              his or her approval for the higher                       Annual burden estimates for these
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  approval for a patient limit of 275, a                   patient limit. In order for a practitioner            requirements are summarized in the
                                                  practitioner must meet all of the                        to renew an approval, he or she must                  following table:




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                                                44727

                                                                                                                                                                               Burden/                              Hourly wage              Total wage
                                                                                                                                 Number of         Responses/                                        Total burden
                                                       42 CFR citation                Purpose of submission                                                                   response                                 cost                     cost
                                                                                                                                respondents        respondent                                           (hrs.)
                                                                                                                                                                                 (hr.)                                  ($)                      ($)

                                                  8.620(a) through (c) ....           Request for Patient                                517                          1                       .5              259               93.74             24,232
                                                                                        Limit Increase.
                                                  8.12(c)(2) .....................    Diversion Control Plan                             517                          1                       .5              259               93.74             24,232
                                                  8.640 ...........................   Renewal Request for                                  0                          1                       .5                0               93.74                  0
                                                                                        a Patient Limit In-
                                                                                        crease.
                                                  8.645 ...........................   Patient Notice .............                            0                       1                        3                0               93.74                  0
                                                  8.655(d) .......................    Request for a Tem-                                     10                       1                        3               30               64.47              1,934
                                                                                        porary Patient In-
                                                                                        crease for an Emer-
                                                                                        gency.

                                                        Total .....................   .....................................            2,394      ......................   ......................           4,598   ......................        50,398



                                                     Note that these estimates differ from                                    (September 30, 1993), Executive Order                                 number of small entities. We provide
                                                  those found in the RIA because the                                          13563 on Improving Regulation and                                     supporting analysis in section F.
                                                  estimates here are wage cost estimates                                      Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011),                                    Section 202(a) of the Unfunded
                                                  while the estimates in the RIA are                                          the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980                                Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires
                                                  resource cost estimates which                                               (Pub. L. 96–354, September 19, 1980),                                 that agencies prepare a written
                                                  incorporate costs associated with                                           the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of                                   statement, which includes an
                                                  overhead and benefits.                                                      1995 (Pub. L. 104–4, March 22, 1995),                                 assessment of anticipated costs and
                                                     HHS received several comments                                            and Executive Order 13132 on                                          benefits, before proposing ‘‘any rule that
                                                  regarding the Collection of Information.                                    Federalism (August 4, 1999).                                          includes any Federal mandate that may
                                                     One commenter wanted to include in                                          Executive Order 12866 directs                                      result in the expenditure by State, local,
                                                  the Request for Patient Limit Increase                                      agencies to assess all costs and benefits                             and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
                                                  information that required the                                               of available regulatory alternatives and,                             or by the private sector, of $100,000,000
                                                  implementation of random tablet/film                                        if regulation is necessary, to select                                 or more (adjusted annually for inflation)
                                                  counts and urine screens. Another                                           regulatory approaches that maximize                                   in any one year.’’ The current threshold
                                                  commenter wanted mandatory Point-of-                                        net benefits (including potential                                     after adjustment for inflation is $146
                                                  Care Urine Drug Screens on each visit                                       economic, environmental, public health,                               million, using the most current (2015)
                                                  to document the presence of                                                 and safety effects; distributive impacts;                             implicit price deflator for the gross
                                                  buprenorphine/naloxone and the                                              and equity). Executive Order 13563 is                                 domestic product. HHS expects this
                                                  absence of other opioids. HHS also                                          supplemental to and reaffirms the                                     final rule to result in expenditures that
                                                  received a comment recommending that                                        principles, structures, and definitions                               would exceed this amount.
                                                  drug testing be included as part of                                         governing regulatory review as                                           Executive Order 13132 establishes
                                                  treatment with buprenorphine and thus                                       established in Executive Order 12866.                                 certain requirements that an agency
                                                  noted in the information that would be                                      HHS expects that this final rule will                                 must meet when it promulgates a rule
                                                  collected in the Request for Patient                                        have an annual effect on the economy                                  that imposes substantial direct
                                                  Limit Increase.                                                             of $100 million or more in at least 1 year                            requirement costs on State and local
                                                     HHS believes that drug screens are                                       and therefore is a significant regulatory                             governments or has federalism
                                                  likely part of a practitioner’s diversion                                   action as defined by Executive Order                                  implications. HHS has determined that
                                                  control plan and part of the data that                                      12866.                                                                the final rule does not contain policies
                                                  will inform the practitioner’s ability to                                      The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)                               that would have substantial direct
                                                  help the patient achieve better                                             requires agencies that issue a regulation                             effects on the States, on the relationship
                                                  outcomes. Thus, HHS is not revising the                                     to analyze options for regulatory relief                              between the Federal Government and
                                                  information to be collected as part of the                                  of small businesses if a rule has a                                   the States, or on the distribution of
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase.                                         significant impact on a substantial                                   power and responsibilities among the
                                                     HHS received a comment                                                   number of small entities. The RFA                                     various levels of government. The
                                                  recommending that pharmacists be                                            generally defines a ‘‘small entity’’ as: (1)                          changes in the rule represent the
                                                  included in the pool of practitioners to                                    A proprietary firm meeting the size                                   Federal Government regulating its own
                                                  which a release of information should                                       standards of the Small Business                                       program. Accordingly, HHS concludes
                                                  be considered.                                                              Administration; (2) a nonprofit                                       that the final rule does not contain
                                                     HHS believes it may be appropriate to                                    organization that is not dominant in its                              policies that have federalism
                                                  release certain information to                                              field; or (3) a small government                                      implications as defined in Executive
                                                  pharmacists if the patient provides                                         jurisdiction with a population of less                                Order 13132 and, consequently, a
                                                  consent. HHS declines to require that                                       than 50,000 (States and individuals are                               federalism summary impact statement is
                                                  pharmacists be included in the pool of                                      not included in the definition of ‘‘small                             not required.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  practitioners to which information may                                      entity’’). HHS considers a rule to have
                                                  be released.                                                                a significant economic impact on a                                    B. Summary of the Final Rule
                                                  IV. Regulatory Impact Analysis                                              substantial number of small entities if at                              Section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21
                                                                                                                              least 5 percent of small entities                                     U.S.C. 823(g)(2)) allows individual
                                                  A. Introduction                                                             experience an impact of more than 3                                   practitioners to dispense and prescribe
                                                     HHS has examined the impact of this                                      percent of revenue. HHS anticipates that                              Schedule III, IV, or V controlled
                                                  final rule under Executive Order 12866                                      the final rule will not have a significant                            substances that have been approved by
                                                  on Regulatory Planning and Review                                           economic impact on a substantial                                      the FDA specifically for use in


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014       20:03 Jul 07, 2016       Jkt 238001       PO 00000        Frm 00017    Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM           08JYR2


                                                  44728                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  maintenance and detoxification                           requirements defined in this final rule                 Underlying many of these deaths is an
                                                  treatment without obtaining the separate                 and after submitting a Request for                      untreated opioid use disorder.4 5 6 In
                                                  registration required by 21 CFR                          Patient Limit Increase to SAMHSA.                       2014, more than 2.2 million people met
                                                  1301.13(e) and imposes a limit on the                    Practitioners approved to treat up to 275               diagnostic criteria for an opioid use
                                                  number of patients a practitioner may                    patients will also be required to accept                disorder.7
                                                  treat at any one time.                                   greater responsibility for providing                      Beyond the increase in overdose
                                                     Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the CSA                  behavioral health services and care                     deaths, the health and economic
                                                  allows qualified practitioners who file                  coordination, and ensuring quality                      consequences of opioid use disorders
                                                  an initial NOI to treat a maximum of 30                  assurance and improvement practices,                    are substantial. In 2011, the most recent
                                                  patients at a time. After one year, the                  diversion control, and continuity of care               year data are available, an estimated
                                                  practitioner may file a second NOI                       in emergencies. The higher limit also                   660,000 emergency department visits
                                                  indicating his/her intent to treat up to                 requires regularly reaffirming the                      were due to the misuse or abuse of
                                                  100 patients at a time. To qualify, the                  practitioner’s ongoing eligibility and                  prescription opioids, heroin, or both.8 A
                                                  practitioner must be a physician,                        participating in data reporting and                     recent analysis estimated the costs
                                                  possess a valid license to practice                      monitoring as required by SAMHSA. In                    associated with emergency department
                                                  medicine, be a registrant of the DEA,                    addition, practitioners in good standing                and hospital inpatient care for opioid
                                                  have the capacity to refer patients for                  with a current waiver to treat up to 100                abuse-related events in the United
                                                  appropriate counseling and other                         patients (i.e., the practitioner has filed a            States was more than $9 billion per
                                                  appropriate ancillary services, and have                 NOI and satisfied all required criteria)                year.9 The societal costs of prescription
                                                  completed required training. The                         may request approval to treat up to 275                 opioid abuse, dependence, and misuse
                                                  training requirement may be satisfied in                 patients in specific emergency                          in the United States in 2011 were
                                                  several ways: one may hold board                         situations for a limited time period                    estimated at $55.7 billion annually, not
                                                  certification in addiction psychiatry                    specified in the rule. We anticipate that               including societal costs related to heroin
                                                  from the American Board of Medical                       qualifying emergency situations will                    use.10
                                                  Specialties or addiction medicine from                   occur very infrequently. As a result, we                  Beginning around 2006, the United
                                                  the American Osteopathic Association;                    do not anticipate that this provision will              States started to experience a significant
                                                  hold an addiction certification from the                 contribute significantly to the impact of               increase in the rate of hepatitis C virus
                                                  American Society of Addiction                            this final rule. SAMHSA will review all                 infections. The available epidemiology
                                                  Medicine (ASAM); complete an 8-hour                      emergency situation requests, to the                    indicates this increase is largely due to
                                                  training provided by an approved                         extent practicable, in consultation with                the increased injection of prescription
                                                  organization; have participated as an                    appropriate governmental authorities                    opioids and heroin.11 12 In addition, in
                                                  investigator in one or more clinical                     before such requests are granted.                       2015, a large outbreak of HIV in a small
                                                  trials leading to the approval of a                      Finally, the final rule defines patient                 rural community in Indiana was linked
                                                  medication that qualifies to be                          limit in such a way that firmly ties the                to injection of prescription opioids,
                                                  prescribed under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2); or                 individual patient to the prescribing                   primarily injection of the prescription
                                                  complete other training or have such                     practitioner of record rather than to the               opioid oxymorphone. Over 80 percent
                                                  other experience as the State medical                    covering practitioner at a given moment.
                                                  licensing board or Secretary of HHS                      This will enable waivered practitioners                 drug_poisoning_involving_OA_Heroin_US_2000-
                                                  considers to demonstrate the ability of                  to provide reciprocal cross-coverage of                 2014.pdf.
                                                  the practitioner to treat and manage                     patients for brief periods, such as
                                                                                                                                                                      4 Johnson EM, Lanier WA, Merrill RM, et al.

                                                  persons with opioid use disorder.                                                                                Unintentional Prescription opioid-related overdose
                                                                                                           weekends or vacations, without being                    deaths: description of decedents by next of kin or
                                                     Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii),              considered to be in excess of their                     best contact, Utah, 2008–2009. J Gen Intern Med.
                                                  the Secretary is authorized to                                                                                   2013;28(4):522–529.
                                                                                                           respective individual limits. This will
                                                  promulgate regulations that change the                                                                              5 Hall AJ, Logan JE, Toblin RL, et al. Patterns of
                                                                                                           help to ensure continuity of care in
                                                  total number of patients that a                                                                                  abuse among unintentional pharmaceutical
                                                                                                           select situations, and we expect that this              overdose fatalities. JAMA. 2008;300(22):2613–2620.
                                                  practitioner may treat at any one time.
                                                     The laws pertaining to the utilization                will primarily affect the timing of                        6 Bohnert AS, Valenstein M, Bair MJ, et al.


                                                  of buprenorphine were last revised                       treatment rather than the quantity of                   Association between opioid prescribing patterns
                                                                                                           treatment. As a result, we do not                       and opioid overdose-related deaths. JAMA.
                                                  approximately ten years ago at a time                                                                            2011;305(13):1315–1321.
                                                  when the extent of the opioid public                     anticipate that the changes related to                     7 Jones CM. Unpublished analysis of the 2014

                                                  health crisis was less well-documented.                  cross-coverage will contribute                          National Survey on Drug Use and Health Public Use
                                                  The purpose of the final rule is to                      significantly to the impact of this final               File. 2015.
                                                  expand access to MAT with                                rule, and we do not estimate associated                    8 Id.
                                                                                                                                                                      9 Chandwani HS, Strassels SA, Rascati KL,
                                                  buprenorphine while encouraging                          costs and benefits.
                                                                                                                                                                   Lawson KA, Wilson JP. Estimates of charges
                                                  practitioners administering                              C. Need for the Rule                                    associated with emergency department and hospital
                                                  buprenorphine to ensure their patients                                                                           inpatient care for opioid abuse-related events. J Pain
                                                                                                             The United States is facing an                        Palliat Care Pharmacother. 2013;27(3):206–13.
                                                  can receive the full array of services that
                                                                                                           unprecedented increase in prescription                     10 Birnhaum HG, White AG, Schiller M, Waldman
                                                  comprise evidence-based MAT and to
                                                                                                           opioid misuse, heroin use, and opioid-                  T, et al. Societal costs of prescription opioid abuse,
                                                  minimize the risk of drug diversion. The                                                                         dependence, and misuse in the United States. Pain
                                                                                                           related overdose deaths. In 2014, 18,893
                                                  final rule revises the highest patient                                                                           Med. 2011;12(4):657–67.
                                                                                                           overdose deaths involved prescription
                                                  limit from 100 patients per practitioner                                                                            11 Suryaprasad AG, White JZ, Xu F, et al.
                                                                                                           opioids and 10,574 involved heroin.3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  with an existing waiver (waivered                                                                                Emerging epidemic of hepatitis C virus infections
                                                                                                                                                                   among young nonurban persons who inject drugs in
                                                  practitioner) to 275 patients for                          3 Center for Disease Control and Prevention,          the United States, 2006–2012. Clin Infect Dis
                                                  practitioners who meet certain criteria                  National Center for Health Statistics, National Vital   2014;59:1411–9.
                                                  in addition to those established in                      Statistics System, Mortality File. (2015). Number          12 Zibbell JE, Iqbal K, Patel RC, Suryaprasad A, et

                                                  statute. Practitioners who have had a                    and Age-Adjusted Rates of Drug-poisoning Deaths         al. Increases in hepatitis C virus infection related
                                                                                                           Involving Opioid Analgesics and Heroin: United          to injection drug use related to injection drug use
                                                  waiver to treat 100 patients for at least                States, 2000–2014. Atlanta, GA: Center for Disease      among persons aged ≤30 years—Kentucky,
                                                  one year could obtain approval to treat                  Control and Prevention. Available at http://            Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia, 2006–2012.
                                                  up to 275 patients if they meet the                      www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/health_policy/AADR_               MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(17):453–8.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM    08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                44729

                                                  of the 135 cases, as of April 2015,                         Despite these well-documented                       settings, 544, or 41.6 percent, were
                                                  identified in the outbreak were co-                      benefits, buprenorphine treatment for                  currently treating more than 80 patients,
                                                  infected with hepatitis C virus.13 The                   opioid use disorder is significantly                   and 796, or 60.8 percent, reported there
                                                  infectious disease consequences                          underutilized and often does not                       was demand for treatment in excess of
                                                  associated with opioid injection have                    incorporate the full scope of                          the current 100 patient limit under the
                                                  been found to account for a significant                  recommended clinical practices that                    Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000
                                                  proportion of the economic burden and                    make up evidence-based MAT.                            (Pub. L. 106–310).31 Increasing the
                                                  disability associated with opioid use                    Generally, there is significant unmet                  number of patients that a single
                                                  disorders.14                                             need for MAT treatment among                           practitioner can treat with
                                                     There is robust literature                            individuals with opioid use disorders.24               buprenorphine, then, could have a
                                                  documenting the effectiveness and cost-                  There is also substantial geographic                   direct impact on buprenorphine
                                                  effectiveness of the use of                              variation in the capacity to prescribe                 capacity and utilization.
                                                  buprenorphine in the treatment of                        buprenorphine. Research suggests that
                                                                                                           10 percent of the population live in                      In addition to direct barriers to
                                                  opioid use disorder. Buprenorphine has
                                                  been shown to increase treatment                         areas where there is a limited number of               treating additional patients imposed by
                                                  retention and to reduce opioid use,                      practitioners eligible to prescribe                    the patient limit, there are indirect
                                                  relapse risk, and risk behaviors that                    buprenorphine or in counties that have                 barriers to expanding treatment
                                                  transmit HIV and hepatitis.15 16 17 18 19 20             no practitioners with a waiver to                      capacity. In particular, increases in a
                                                  Reductions in opioid-related mortality                   prescribe buprenorphine.25 These are                   practitioner’s ability to expand his or
                                                  have been shown for                                      primarily rural counties and areas                     her patient base will allow the
                                                  buprenorphine.21 22 23                                   located in the middle of the country.26                practitioner to take advantage of
                                                                                                           Only about 5 percent of practitioners                  economies of scale to increase the
                                                     13 Conrad C, Bradley HM, Broz D, et al.
                                                                                                           currently authorized to treat up to the                practice’s efficiency. For example, a
                                                  Community outbreak of HIV infection linked to            100 patient limit are located in rural                 practitioner with a larger practice is
                                                  injection drug use of oxymorphone—Indiana, 2015.         counties.27                                            more likely to be able to afford to hire
                                                  MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2015;64(16): 443–                Evidence suggests that utilization of               specialized support staff, which allows
                                                  4.                                                       buprenorphine is limited directly by the
                                                     14 Degenhardt L, Whiteford HA, Ferrari AJ,                                                                   the practitioner to reduce time spent on
                                                  Charlson FJ, et al. Global burden of disease
                                                                                                           existence of treatment limits.                         tasks best suited for another individual.
                                                  attributable to illicit drug use and dependence:         Practitioners currently providing MAT                  This may help to enable the provision
                                                  findings from the Global Burden of Disease Study         with buprenorphine under 21 U.S.C.                     of the full complement of ancillary
                                                  2010. Lancet 2013;382(9904):1564–74.                     823(g)(2) report that being limited to                 services that make up evidence-based
                                                     15 Clark RE, Baxter JD, Aweh G, O’Connell E, et
                                                                                                           treating not more than 100 patients at a               MAT. Increasing a practitioner’s
                                                  al. Risk factors for relapse and higher costs among
                                                  Medicaid members with opioid dependence or
                                                                                                           time is a barrier to expanding                         maximum capacity for treatment has the
                                                  abuse: opioid agonists, comorbidities, and treatment     treatment.28 29 30 A recent survey by
                                                                                                                                                                  potential to make treating patients with
                                                  history. J Subst Abuse Treat. 2015;57:75–80.             ASAM found that among the 1,309
                                                                                                                                                                  buprenorphine more economically
                                                     16 Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, Davoli M.
                                                                                                           respondents (approximately 35 percent
                                                  Buprenorphine maintenance versus placebo or                                                                     feasible, with the likelihood of
                                                                                                           of ASAM’s membership), comprising a
                                                  methadone maintenance for opioid dependence.
                                                                                                           range of addiction stakeholders,                       increasing capacity to prescribe
                                                  Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014 Feb                                                                            buprenorphine.
                                                  6;2:CD002207. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD00                 including those working in OTPs and
                                                  2207.pub4.                                               outpatient or office-based practice                       The statutory change implemented in
                                                     17 Kraus ML, Alford DP, Kotz MM, et al.
                                                                                                                                                                  2007 that increased the limit on the
                                                  Statement of the American Society of Addiction              24 Jones CM, Campopiano M, Baldwin G,               number of buprenorphine patients a
                                                  Medicine consensus panel on the use of                   McCance-Katz E. National and state treatment need
                                                  buprenorphine in office-based treatment of opioid                                                               practitioner could treat from 30 to 100,
                                                                                                           and capacity for opioid agonist medication-assisted
                                                  addiction. J Addict Med. 2011;5(4):254–263.              treatment. Am J Public Health 2015;105(8):e55–63.      after having a 30 patient limit for 1 year,
                                                     18 Bonhomme J, Shim RS, Gooden R, Tyus D, Rust
                                                                                                              25 Rosenblatt RA, Andrilla CH, Catlin M, Larson     was associated with a significant
                                                  G. Opioid addiction and abuse in primary care            EH. Geographic and specialty distribution of US        increase in the use of buprenorphine.32
                                                  practice: a comparison of methadone and                  physicians trained to treat opioid use disorder. Ann
                                                  buprenorphine as treatment options. J Natl Med                                                                  In 2007, when practitioners were first
                                                                                                           Fam Med. 2015 Jan–Feb;13(1):23–6. doi: 10.1370/
                                                  Assoc. 2012;104(7–8):342–350.                            afm.1735.                                              able to treat up to 100 patients, nearly
                                                     19 Tsui JI, Evans JL, Lum PJ, Hahn JA, Page K.           26 Dick AW, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Sorbero M, et     25 percent of eligible practitioners
                                                  Association of opioid agonist therapy with lower         al. Growth in buprenorphine waivers for physicians     submitted a NOI to treat 100 patients
                                                  incidence of hepatitis C virus infection in young        increased potential access to opioid agonist
                                                  adult injection drug users. JAMA Intern Med.                                                                    (1,937 practitioners out of 7,887
                                                                                                           treatment, 2002–11. Health Affairs 2015;34(6):1028–
                                                  2014;174(12):1974–1981.                                  1034.                                                  practitioners).33 The findings from the
                                                     20 Woody GE, Bruce D, Korthuis PT, Chhatre S,            27 Stein BD, Pacula RL, Gordon AJ, Burns RM, et     ASAM survey discussed above and
                                                  et al. HIV risk reduction with buprenorphine-            al. Where is buprenorphine dispensed to treat          additional information indicate there is
                                                  naloxone or methadone: findings from a                   opioid use disorders? The role of private offices,
                                                  randomized trial. J Acuir Immune Defic Syndr.                                                                   sufficient demand from both providers
                                                                                                           opioid treatment programs, and substance abuse
                                                  2015;68(5):554–61.                                       treatment facilities in urban and rural counties.      and patients to raise the patient limit. In
                                                     21 Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. Clinical     Milbank Quarterly 2015;93(3):56561–583.                addition, based on the experience in
                                                  Guidelines for the Use of Buprenorphine in the              28 Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S.
                                                                                                                                                                  2007, it is expected that some
                                                  Treatment of Opioid Addiction. Treatment                 Buprenorphine Prescribing Availability in a Sample
                                                  Improvement Protocol (TIP) Series 40. DHHS               of Ohio Specialty Treatment Organizations. J Addict
                                                                                                                                                                  proportion of eligible practitioners will
                                                  Publication No. (SMA) 04–3939. Rockville, MD:            Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2). pii: 1000140.           respond to the final rule by submitting
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services                  29 Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Quanbeck      a Request for Patient Limit Increase to
                                                  Administration, 2004.                                    A, et al. Implementing buprenorphine in addiction      treat up to 275 patients.
                                                     22 Schwartz RP, Gryczynski J, O’Grady KE, et al.      treatment: payer and provider perspectives in Ohio.
                                                  Opioid agonist treatments and heroin overdose            Subst Abuse Treat Prev Policy. 2015;10:13. doi:
                                                                                                                                                                    31 American Society of Addiction Medicine. 2015.
                                                  deaths in Baltimore, Maryland, 1995–2009. Am J           10.1186/s13011–015–0009–2.
                                                  Public Health. 2013;103(5):917–922.                         30 Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services       Available at: http://www.asam.org/magazine/read/
                                                     23 Carrieri MP, Amass L, Lucas GM, Vlahov D,          Administration. (2006). The SAMHSA Evaluation of       article/2015/12/08/addiction-specialists-weigh-in-
                                                  Wodak A, Woody GE. Buprenorphine use: the                the Impact of the DATA Waiver Program. Retrieved       on-the-data-2000-patient-limits.
                                                                                                                                                                    32 Stein supra note 27.
                                                  international experience. Clin Infect Dis.               from http://www.buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/FOR_
                                                  2006;43(suppl 4):S197–S215.                              FINAL_summaryreport_colorized.pdf.                       33 Jones, supra note 24.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44730                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  D. Analysis of Benefits and Costs                        high-risk for opioid use disorders that                 psychosocial services.42 43 44 However,
                                                                                                           previously did not have sufficient                      in order to afford a nurse or other
                                                  a. Increased Ability for Waivered
                                                                                                           access to health insurance coverage.35                  clinician dedicated to providing
                                                  Practitioners To Treat Patients With
                                                                                                           Second, parity protections from the                     evidence-based treatment for an opioid
                                                  Buprenorphine-Based MAT
                                                                                                           Mental Health Parity and Addiction                      use disorder, practitioners need a
                                                     This final rule directly expands                      Equity Act and the Affordable Care Act                  minimum volume of patients. Allowing
                                                  opportunities for physicians who                         will include coverage for mental health                 practitioners to treat up to 275 patients
                                                  currently treat or who may treat patients                and substance use disorder treatment                    at a time could be a step towards
                                                  with buprenorphine, as they will now                     that is comparable to medical and                       supporting practitioners that seek to
                                                  have the potential to treat up to 275                    surgical coverage in many types of                      hire nurses and other clinical staff to
                                                  patients with buprenorphine. We                          insurance policies. Insurance coverage                  reduce practitioners’ time requirements
                                                  believe that this may translate to a                     and cost of treatment have previously                   and to provide the comprehensive
                                                  financial opportunity for these                          been cited as important reasons that                    services of high-quality MAT with
                                                  physicians, depending on the costs                       individuals seeking treatment have not                  buprenorphine. This impact of
                                                  associated with treating these additional                used buprenorphine.36 37 38 39 A final                  leveraging non-physicians to facilitate
                                                  patients.                                                rule to extend parity protections to                    expanded access to buprenorphine has
                                                     Relatedly, this final rule may increase               Medicaid managed care plans was                         been demonstrated in both Vermont and
                                                  the value of the waiver to treat opioid                  released earlier this year. These changes               Massachusetts.45 46
                                                  use disorder under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).                  in health insurance coverage should                        Discussions with stakeholders about
                                                  The final rule requires practitioners to                 improve access to substance use                         approaches to expanding access to
                                                  have a waiver to treat 100 patients for                  disorder treatment, including                           MAT, including the use of
                                                  1 year and to have additional                            buprenorphine.                                          buprenorphine-based MAT, suggest that
                                                  credentialing as defined in § 8.2 or to                                                                          expanding the patient limit in general
                                                  practice in a qualified practice setting as              c. Increased Time To Treat Patients                     will result in increased efficiencies in
                                                  defined in the rule in order to request                    Lack of practitioner time to treat                    treating opioid use disorder patients. It
                                                  approval to treat up to 275 patients. If                 patients with opioid use disorder,                      will allow treating practitioners to
                                                  getting to the 275-patient limit provides                which includes a patient exam,                          provide the physician-appropriate
                                                  sufficient benefits to practitioners, this               medication consultation, counseling,                    services consistent with their waiver. It
                                                  final rule may also increase incentives                  and other appropriate treatment                         will provide more efficient supportive
                                                  for other practitioners to apply for the                 services, and lack of behavioral health                 care, not related to prescribing or
                                                  lower patient limit waivers, insofar as                  staff to provide these treatment services,              administering buprenorphine-
                                                  they are milestones towards the 275-                     are additional barriers to providing                    containing products, by allowing the
                                                  patient limit. In addition, this rule may                MAT with buprenorphine in the office-                   treating practitioner to supervise this
                                                  also make it more valuable for                           based setting.40 41 These barriers could                care, which can be provided by
                                                  practitioners to have additional                                                                                 physician assistants, nurse practitioners,
                                                                                                           be addressed by leveraging the time and
                                                  credentialing as defined in § 8.2, or to                                                                         nurse case managers, and other
                                                                                                           skills of clinical support staff, such as
                                                  practice in a qualified practice setting.                                                                        behavioral health specialists.
                                                                                                           nurses and clinical social workers. For
                                                  The final rule, then, may increase the
                                                                                                           example, in Massachusetts and                           d. Federal Costs Associated With
                                                  number of practitioners in these
                                                                                                           Vermont, nurses provide screening,                      Disseminating Information About the
                                                  categories and thus the number of
                                                                                                           intake, education, and other ancillary                  Rule
                                                  practitioners eligible for the 275-patient
                                                                                                           services for patients treated with
                                                  limit in the future.                                                                                               Following publication of this final
                                                                                                           buprenorphine. This enables                             rule, SAMHSA will work to educate
                                                  b. Increased Treatment for Patients                      practitioners to treat additional patients              providers about the requirements and
                                                     Permitting practitioners to treat up to               and to provide the requisite                            opportunities for requesting and
                                                  275 patients will only be successful if it                                                                       obtaining approval to treat up to 275
                                                                                                                35 Jones,
                                                                                                                       supra note 7.
                                                  results in practitioners serving                                                                                 patients under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2).
                                                                                                                36 VolkowND, Frieden TR, Hyde PS, et al.
                                                  additional patients. As discussed                        Medication-assisted therapies—tackling the opioid-
                                                                                                                                                                   SAMHSA will prepare materials
                                                  previously, there are many reasons to                    overdose epidemic. New Eng J Med 2014;                  summarizing the changes as a result of
                                                  expect this to happen as a result of the                 370(22):2063–6.
                                                  publication of this final rule. In                          37 Sohler NL, Weiss L, Egan JE, et al. Consumer         42 Alford D, LaBelle C, Richardson J, O’Connell J,

                                                  addition, we expect that other factors                   attitudes about opioid addiction treatment: a focus     et al. Treating homeless opioid dependent patients
                                                                                                           group study in New York City. J Opioid Manag.           with buprenorphine in an office-based setting.
                                                  could amplify the impact of the changes                  2013;9(2):111–119.                                      Society of General Internal Medicine. 2007; 22:
                                                  in the rule. First, following the                           38 Greenfield BL, Owens MD, Ley D. Opioid use        171–176.
                                                  implementation of the Affordable Care                    in Albuquerque, New Mexico: a needs assessment             43 Labelle, C. Nurse Care Manager Model. http://

                                                  Act, health insurance coverage has                       of recent changes and treatment availability. Addict    buprenorphine.samhsa.gov/presentations/LaBelle.
                                                                                                           Sci Clin Pract. 2014;9:10. doi: 10.1186/1940–0640–      pdf.
                                                  expanded dramatically in the United                      9–10.                                                      44 State of Vermont: Concept for Medicaid Health
                                                  States. The uninsured rate among adults                     39 American Society of Addiction Medicine. State     Home Program http://hcr.vermont.gov/sites/hcr/
                                                  age 18–64 declined from 22.3 percent in                  Medicaid coverage and authorization requirements        files/VT_SPA_Concept_Paper_final_CMS_10_02_
                                                  2010 to 12.7 percent during the first 6                  for opioid dependence medications. 2013. Available      12.pdf.
                                                  months of 2015.34 Further, the                           at: http://www.asam.org/docs/advocacy/                     45 LaBelle CT, Han SC, Bergeron A, Samet JH.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                           Implications-for-Opioid-Addiction-Treatment.            Office-Based Opioid Treatment with Buprenorphine
                                                  Affordable Care Act expanded coverage                       40 Hutchinson E, Catlin M, Andrilla CH, Baldwin      (OBOT–B): Statewide Implementation of the
                                                  includes populations who may be at                       LM, Rosenblatt RA. Barriers to primary care             Massachusetts Collaborative Care Model in
                                                                                                           physicians prescribing buprenorphine. Ann Fam           Community Health Centers. J Subst Abuse Treat.
                                                    34 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.         Med. 2014 Mar–Apr;12(2):128–33.                         2016;60:6–13.
                                                  Health insurance coverage: early release of                 41 DeFlavio JR, Rolin SA, Nordstrom BR, Kazal           46 Vermont Department of Health. The

                                                  estimates from the National Health Interview             LA Jr. Analysis of barriers to adoption of              effectiveness of Vermont’s System of Opioid
                                                  Survey, January–June 2015. Available at: http://         buprenorphine maintenance therapy by family             Addiction Treatment. 2015. Available at: http://
                                                  www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhis/earlyrelease/insur            physicians. Rural Remote Health. 2015;15:3019.          legislature.vermont.gov/assets/Legislative-Reports/
                                                  201511.pdf.                                              Epub 2015 Feb 4.                                        Opioid-system-effectiveness-1.14.15.pdf.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000     Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                                                   44731

                                                  this final rule, and provide these                                          information to an estimated 50,000                                            comment, and discussions with
                                                  materials to practitioners potentially                                      practitioners, which includes                                                 stakeholders, and changes in
                                                  affected by the rulemaking upon its                                         practitioners with a waiver to prescribe                                      qualifications necessary to request a
                                                  publication. SAMHSA has already                                             buprenorphine (i.e., approximately                                            waiver to treat up to 275 patients, we
                                                  established channels for disseminating                                      30,000 practitioners as of December                                           estimate that between 500 and 1,800
                                                  information about rule changes to                                           2015) and those who are reached                                               practitioners will request approval to
                                                  stakeholders; it is estimated that                                          through SAMHSA’s dissemination                                                treat up to 275 patients within the first
                                                  preparing and disseminating these                                           network (i.e., 20,000 practitioners). For                                     year following publication of the final
                                                  materials will cost approximately                                           purposes of analysis we assume that 75                                        rule. This translates to between
                                                  $40,000, based upon experience                                              percent of these practitioners will                                           approximately 5 percent and 18 percent
                                                  soliciting public comment on past rules                                     review this information, and, as a result,                                    of eligible providers with the 100
                                                  and publications such as the Federal                                        we estimate that dissemination will                                           patient limit requesting the higher
                                                  Opioid Treatment Program Standards.                                         result in a total cost of $3.5 million.                                       patient limit in the first year. This is
                                                                                                                                                                                                            consistent with a public comment that
                                                  e. Practitioners Costs To Evaluate the                                      f. Practitioner Costs To Submit a
                                                                                                                                                                                                            indicated that 8 to 15 physicians (or 11
                                                  Policy Change                                                               Request for Patient Limit Increase
                                                                                                                                                                                                            percent–21percent) in Vermont would
                                                     We expect that practitioners                                               Practitioners who want to treat up to                                       request the higher patient limit, as well
                                                  potentially affected by this policy                                         275 patients at a given time are required                                     as a recent study in Ohio which found
                                                  change will process the information and                                     to submit a Request for Patient Limit                                         among specialty treatment providers
                                                  decide how to respond. In particular,                                       Increase form to SAMHSA. The form is                                          that 17 percent had turned away
                                                  they will likely evaluate the                                               three pages in length. We estimate that                                       patients due to prescribing capacity
                                                  requirements and opportunities                                              the form takes a practitioner an average                                      limits.50 In addition, our lower bound
                                                  associated with the ability to treat up to                                  of 1 hour to complete the first time it is                                    estimate of 5 percent is in line with an
                                                  275 patients, and decide whether or not                                     completed, implying a cost of $187.48                                         internal analysis by HHS that found
                                                  it is advantageous to pursue approval to                                    per submission after adjusting upward                                         approximately 5 percent of physicians
                                                  treat up to 275 patients and make any                                       by 100 percent to account for overhead                                        with the 100 patient limit in 3
                                                  necessary changes to their practice, such                                   and benefits. A draft Request for Patient                                     geographic diverse States were
                                                  as obtaining additional credentialing as                                    Limit Increase form is available in the                                       prescribing at or near their 100 patient
                                                  defined in § 8.2, or the ability to treat                                   docket. We did not receive public                                             limit. We estimate that between 100 and
                                                  patients in a qualified practice setting.                                   comment on these assumptions when                                             300 additional practitioners will request
                                                     We estimate that practitioners may                                       proposed, and as a result they remain                                         approval to treat up to 275 patients in
                                                  spend an average of thirty minutes                                          unchanged from those appearing in the                                         each of the subsequent 4 years. This
                                                  processing the information and deciding                                     proposed rule. We do not have ideal                                           would result in 600 to 2,100
                                                  what action to take. According to the                                       information with which to estimate the                                        practitioners in the second year, 700 to
                                                  U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,47 the                                      number of practitioners who will submit                                       2,400 practitioners in the third year, 800
                                                  average hourly wage for a physician is                                      a Request for Patient Limit Increase                                          to 2,700 in the fourth year, and 900 to
                                                  $93.74. After adjusting upward by 100                                       form in response to this final rule, and                                      3,000 practitioners in the fifth year. We
                                                  percent to account for overhead and                                         we therefore acknowledge uncertainty                                          use the midpoint of each of these ranges
                                                  benefits, we estimate that the per-hour                                     regarding the estimate of the total                                           to estimate costs and benefits in the first
                                                  cost of a physician’s time is $187.48.                                      associated cost. However, based on the                                        5 years following publication of the
                                                  Thus, the cost per practitioner to                                          experience with the patient limit                                             final rule. This would result in a range
                                                  process this information and decide                                         increase from 30 to 100 implemented in                                        of $93,740 to $337,464 in costs related
                                                  upon a course of action is estimated to                                     2007,48 49 the results of the 2015 ASAM                                       to Request for Patient Limit Increase
                                                  be $93.74. SAMHSA will disseminate                                          survey described earlier, public                                              submissions in the first year.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Number of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   requests for      Cost
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   patient limit      ($)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     increase

                                                  Year 1 ......................................................................................................................................................................            1,150       215,600
                                                  Year 2–5 ..................................................................................................................................................................                200        37,500

                                                        Total ..................................................................................................................................................................           1,950       365,600



                                                  g. Practitioner Costs To Resubmit a                                         the same 3-page Request for Patient                                           estimate that resubmissions will require
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase                                          Limit Increase used for an initial waiver                                     a practitioner an average of 30 minutes
                                                     After approval, a practitioner would                                     request. We estimate that this will take                                      to complete, implying a cost of $93.74
                                                  need to be resubmit a Request for                                           30 minutes because practitioners will be                                      per resubmission. To calculate costs
                                                  Patient Limit Increase every 3 years to                                     more familiar with the Request for                                            associated with resubmission, we
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  maintain his or her waiver to treat up to                                   Patient Limit Increase. Consistent with                                       assume that all physicians who submit
                                                  275 patients. A practitioner would use                                      the physician wage estimate above, we                                         a Request for Patient Limit Increase will
                                                    47 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. National                              dependence with office-based treatment with                                     50 Molfenter T, Sherbeck C, Zehner M, Starr S.

                                                  Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates.                                 buprenorphine: national surveys of physicians. J                              Buprenorphine prescribing availability in a sample
                                                  Retrieved from: http://www.bls.gov/oes/current/                             Subst Abuse Treat. 2010;39(2):96–104.                                         of Ohio specialty treatment organizations. J Addict
                                                  oes_nat.htm#29-0000.                                                          49 Jones, supra note 24.                                                    Behav Ther Rehabil. 2015;4(2): doi:10.4172/2324–
                                                    48 Arfken CL, Johanson CE, Menza SD, Schuster
                                                                                                                                                                                                            9005.1000140.
                                                  CR. Expanding treatment capacity for opioid



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014         20:03 Jul 07, 2016         Jkt 238001       PO 00000       Frm 00021        Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM              08JYR2


                                                  44732                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  submit a renewal 3 years later. Our                                         estimates are summarized in the table
                                                                                                                              below.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Number of     Cost
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   renewals       ($)

                                                  Year 1–3 (renewals not necessary) ........................................................................................................................                                 0          0
                                                  Year 4 ......................................................................................................................................................................          1,150    108,000
                                                  Year 5 ......................................................................................................................................................................            200     19,000

                                                        Total ..................................................................................................................................................................         1,350    127,000



                                                  h. Private-Sector Costs Associated With                                     estimate that physicians will resubmit                                        buprenorphine prescriptions annually.
                                                  Newly Applying for Any Waiver                                               500 to 1,800 renewals in year 4, and 100                                      We use estimates from commercial
                                                     Practitioners may also be interested in                                  to 300 renewals in year 5. As a result,                                       insurance and Medicaid in order to
                                                  the ability to eventually treat up to 275                                   we estimate costs to SAMHSA to                                                capture the range of costs per patient
                                                  patients, and may make changes toward                                       process these waivers of $50,000–                                             across different insurance programs.
                                                  achieving that goal. As discussed                                           $180,000 in year 1, $10,000–$30,000 in                                        However, we note that the rule will
                                                  previously, these changes may increase                                      year 2, $10,000–$30,000 in year 3,                                            impact patients with and incur costs to
                                                  the number of practitioners who apply                                       $60,000–$210,000 in year 4, and                                               not only commercial insurance and
                                                  for a waiver to treat 30 or 100 patients.                                   $20,000–$60,000 in year 5 following                                           Medicaid but also other public and
                                                  This would require practitioners to                                         publication of the final rule. We                                             private insurers.
                                                  complete the required training, possess                                     estimate that DEA will allocate the                                              According to the MarketScan® data,
                                                  a valid license to practice medicine, be                                    equivalent of 1 FTE at the GS–11 level                                        approximately 69 percent of Medicaid
                                                  a registrant of DEA, and have the                                           to process the additional requests                                            patients and 45 percent of privately
                                                  capacity to refer patients for appropriate                                  coming to DEA for issuance of a new                                           insured patients received an outpatient
                                                  counseling and other appropriate                                            DEA number designating the physician                                          psychosocial service related to
                                                  ancillary services. In addition, these                                      as eligible to prescribe buprenorphine                                        substance use disorder in addition to
                                                  changes could increase the number of                                        for the treatment of opioid use disorder                                      their buprenorphine prescription. The
                                                  practitioners who seek additional                                           as a result of this final rule. We estimate                                   average number of visits among those
                                                  credentialing as defined in § 8.2 or meet                                   the associated cost is $144,238, which                                        who received any psychosocial service
                                                  the requirements for practicing in a                                        we arrive at by multiplying the salary of                                     was eight for privately insured patients
                                                  qualified practice setting as outlined in                                   a GS–11 employee at step 5, which is                                          at an average cost of $3,000 per year and
                                                  the final rule. This would likely include                                   $72,219 in 2015, by two to account for                                        10 for Medicaid patients at an average
                                                  practice experience requirements, fees                                      overhead and benefits.                                                        cost of $1,100 per year. We assumed
                                                  and time associated with preparing for                                                                                                                    that the quality of care would increase
                                                                                                                              j. Costs and Benefits of New Treatment
                                                  and taking an exam, time and fees for                                                                                                                     among patients treated by practitioners
                                                  continuing medical education                                                  Once requests to treat up to 275                                            with the 275-patient limit due to the
                                                  requirements, and payment of                                                patients generated by the final rule are                                      extra oversight and quality of care
                                                  certification fees. We lack information                                     processed, approved practitioners                                             requirements in the final rule.
                                                  to estimate the number of practitioners                                     would be able to increase the number of                                       Specifically, we assumed that 80
                                                  who will change behavior along these                                        patients they treat with buprenorphine.                                       percent of patients would receive
                                                  dimensions, and did not receive this                                        These patients, then, could utilize                                           outpatient psychosocial services.
                                                  information through the public                                              additional medical services that are                                             The cost of providing MAT with
                                                  comment process. Thus, we do not                                            consistent with the expectations for                                          buprenorphine, including prescriptions,
                                                  provide estimates of costs and benefits.                                    high-quality, evidence-based MAT in                                           ancillary, and psychosocial services, is
                                                                                                                              the rule. We estimate the cost for                                            estimated at $4,590 for commercial
                                                  i. Federal Costs Associated With                                            buprenorphine and these additional                                            insurance and $3,525 for Medicaid
                                                  Processing New 275-Patient Limit                                            medical services, including behavioral                                        beneficiaries. Based on data from IMS
                                                  Waivers                                                                     health and psychosocial services, as a                                        Health, it is estimated that
                                                     In addition to the costs associated                                      result of the final rule to total $4,349 per                                  approximately 18 percent of individuals
                                                  with practitioners seeking approval for                                     patient per year, as described below.                                         receiving MAT with buprenorphine are
                                                  the higher patient limit, costs will be                                       This estimate was derived using                                             Medicaid enrollees. Thus, we arrived at
                                                  incurred by SAMHSA and DEA in order                                         claims data from the 2009–2014 Truven                                         the estimated average cost for
                                                  to process the additional Requests for                                      Health MarketScan® database.                                                  individuals new to the treatment system
                                                  Patient Limit Increase generated by the                                     According to the MarketScan® data, the                                        as a result of the final rule to be $4,350
                                                  final rule. For purposes of analysis, and                                   annual cost of buprenorphine                                                  per patient per year.
                                                  based on contractor estimates, SAMHSA                                       prescriptions and ancillary psychosocial                                         The total resource costs associated
                                                  estimates that it will pay a contractor                                     services received totaled $3,500 for                                          with additional treatment is the product
                                                  $100 to process each waiver. As                                             individuals with private insurance and                                        of additional treatment costs per person
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  discussed previously, we estimate that                                      $3,410 for individuals with Medicaid.                                         and the number of people who will
                                                  between 500 and 1,800 practitioners                                         Specifically, the average annual cost of                                      receive additional treatment as a result
                                                  will request approval to treat up to 275                                    buprenorphine prescriptions was $2,100                                        of the final rule. For purposes of
                                                  patients within the first year of the rule,                                 for commercial insurance based on                                             analysis, we assume that each
                                                  and between 100 and 300 additional                                          receipt of an average of seven                                                practitioner who requests approval to
                                                  practitioners will request approval to                                      buprenorphine prescriptions annually                                          treat up to 275 patients will treat
                                                  treat up to 275 patients in each of the                                     and $2,600 for Medicaid based on                                              between 20 and 50 additional patients
                                                  subsequent 4 years. In addition, we                                         receipt of an average of 10                                                   each year. This is based on the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014         20:03 Jul 07, 2016         Jkt 238001       PO 00000       Frm 00022        Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM              08JYR2


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                                                        44733

                                                  experience with the increase from the                                         associated with additional treatment.                                           averages out to the equivalent of 35
                                                  30 patient limit to the 100 patient limit                                     However, applying this assumption                                               patients receiving the full spectrum of
                                                  and taking into account the increase in                                       would result in an estimated range of                                           care). We use these ranges to estimate
                                                  demand for buprenorphine treatment                                            10,000 to 90,000 additional patients                                            costs and benefits of the rule. Based on
                                                  since that statutory change.51 52 In                                          treated in the first year; and an                                               this information, we estimate the
                                                  addition, we have adjusted the upper                                          additional 2,000 to 15,000 patients in                                          treatment costs associated with new
                                                  bound of this range in line with the shift                                    each subsequent year. To estimate costs                                         patients receiving treatment with
                                                  to the availability of a waiver to treat up                                   associated with this increase in the                                            buprenorphine as a result of this final
                                                  to 275 rather than 200 patients. We note                                      number of patients, we assume that, on                                          rule will be between $43.5 million and
                                                  that in that case, there were no new                                          average, each physician will treat the                                          $391 million in the first year with a
                                                  costs imposed on practitioners beyond                                         equivalent of 35 full-time patients (i.e.,                                      central estimate of $175 million, and an
                                                  those associated with additional                                              some patients might receive fewer                                               additional $8.7 million to $65.2 million
                                                  treatment, whereas in this final rule                                         services and others might receive more,                                         in each subsequent year with a central
                                                  there are new costs beyond those                                              but for cost estimates we assume it                                             estimate of $30.4 million.53

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Additional people
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  receiving treat-     Treatment
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ment, relative to   costs (millions)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     baseline

                                                  Year    1   ................................................................................................................................................................              40,250             $175
                                                  Year    2   ................................................................................................................................................................              47,250              205
                                                  Year    3   ................................................................................................................................................................              54,250              236
                                                  Year    4   ................................................................................................................................................................              61,250              266
                                                  Year    5   ................................................................................................................................................................              68,250              297



                                                    Evidence suggests that the benefits                                         months of clinical stability. Evidence                                          we estimate monetized health benefits
                                                  associated with additional                                                    suggests a 43.3 percent completion rate                                         of $1,416 million in the first year, with
                                                  buprenorphine utilization are likely to                                       for a six month treatment course.57 For                                         estimated monetized health benefits
                                                  exceed their cost. One study estimates                                        other individuals, we estimate they                                             rising by $246 million in each
                                                  the costs and Quality Adjusted Life Year                                      experience half of the annual health                                            subsequent year as more individuals
                                                  (QALY) gains associated with long-term                                        benefits, equivalent to 0.055 QALYs. In                                         receive treatment as a result of the rule.
                                                  office-based treatment with                                                   addition, based on an internal analysis                                         These monetized health benefits are
                                                  buprenorphine-naloxone for clinically                                         of data from the National Survey on                                             summarized below. We also explore the
                                                  stable opioid-dependent patients                                              Drug Use and Health, we estimate that                                           sensitivity of these results to our
                                                  compared to no treatment. The authors                                         20 percent of new patients impacted by
                                                                                                                                                                                                                assumptions regarding the health
                                                  estimate total treatment costs over 2                                         this rule will have received some form
                                                                                                                                                                                                                benefits related to treatment in our
                                                  years of $7,700 and an associated 0.22                                        of non-medication-assisted treatment for
                                                  QALY gain compared to no treatment in                                         opioid use disorder in the past year and                                        section on sensitivity analysis. HHS
                                                  their base case.54 55 Following a food                                        80 percent of patients will be new to                                           believes that the public will also
                                                  safety rule recently published by FDA,56                                      treatment.58 For the 20 percent of                                              experience benefits that go beyond the
                                                  we use a value of $1,260 per quality-                                         patients switching to buprenorphine                                             health benefits quantified and
                                                  adjusted life day. This implies a value                                       from other non-MAT interventions, we                                            monetized here. These benefits include
                                                  of $460,215 ($1,260 * 365.25) per                                             adjust their estimated health benefit                                           reductions in costs associated with
                                                  QALY, which we use to monetize the                                            downward by 15 percent to account for                                           criminal justice system interactions.
                                                  health benefits here. As a result, we                                         benefits derived from non-MAT                                                   While these are important benefits of
                                                  estimate average annual benefits ranges                                       interventions prior to initiating                                               this rule, HHS does not quantify the
                                                  of $51,000 per person who achieves 6                                          buprenorphine treatment. As a result,                                           rule’s effects along these dimensions.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Additional people     Monetized
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  receiving treat-   health benefits
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ment, relative to     (millions)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     baseline

                                                  Year 1 ................................................................................................................................................................                   40,250           $1,416
                                                  Year 2 ................................................................................................................................................................                   47,250            1,662
                                                  Year 3 ................................................................................................................................................................                   54,250            1,909

                                                    51 Arfken, supra note 48.                                                     55 These results omit lost utility associated with                            Maintenance Therapy for Opioid Dependence. New
                                                    52 Jones,supra note 24.                                                     the illegal consumption of heroin or other opioids.                             England Journal of Medicine. 2006; 355:365–374.
                                                    53 As noted subsequently, some individuals                                  Such omission is consistent with Zerbe, R.O. Is                                 doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa055255
                                                                                                                                Cost-Benefit Analysis Legal? Three Rules. Journal of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  newly receiving MAT would have accessed non-                                                                                                                     58 Given that data from the National Survey on

                                                  MAT interventions in the absence of this rule.                                Policy Analysis and Management 17(3): 419–456,                                  Drug Use and Health indicate only a minority of
                                                  Accounting for this would reduce the estimates of                             1998.                                                                           patients with substance use disorder treatment need
                                                  rule-induced costs.                                                             56 This RIA can be found here: http://
                                                                                                                                                                                                                actually recognize that need and seek treatment, we
                                                    54 Schackman BR, Leff JA, Polsky D, Moore BA,                               www.fda.gov/downloads/AboutFDA/                                                 note that 20 percent likely represents the lower
                                                  Fiellin DA. Cost-Effectiveness of Long-Term                                   ReportsManualsForms/Reports/EconomicAnalyses/                                   bound of the portion of new MAT recipients who
                                                  Outpatient Buprenorphine-Naloxone Treatment for                               UCM472330.pdf.                                                                  would have received some form of non-MAT
                                                  Opioid Dependence in Primary Care. Journal of                                   57 Fiellin DA, Pantalon MV, Chawarski MC,                                     treatment in the absence of the rule, thus leading
                                                  General Internal Medicine. 2012;27(6):669–676.                                Moore BA, Sullivan LE, O’Connor PG, Schottenfeld                                to some tendency in the benefits to be
                                                  doi:10.1007/s11606–011–1962–8.                                                RS. Counseling plus Buprenorphine—Naloxone                                      overestimated.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014          20:03 Jul 07, 2016         Jkt 238001       PO 00000         Frm 00023        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700        E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM               08JYR2


                                                  44734                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Additional people     Monetized
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              receiving treat-   health benefits
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             ment, relative to     (millions)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 baseline

                                                  Year 4 ................................................................................................................................................................               61,250               2,155
                                                  Year 5 ................................................................................................................................................................               68,250               2,431



                                                  k. Potential for Diversion                                                  could, in some cases, reduce diversion                                       We estimate that practitioners will
                                                     While we expect many benefits                                            because of improved access to high-                                          request ten of these waivers in each
                                                  associated with this final rule, it is                                      quality, evidence-based buprenorphine                                        year. We estimate that requesting this
                                                  possible that there would be unintended                                     treatment.                                                                   waiver would require approximately 1
                                                  negative consequences. First, prior                                            Moreover, to reduce the risk of                                           hour of physician time and 2 hours of
                                                  research looked at Utah statewide                                           diversion, one of the additional                                             administrative time, and responding to
                                                  increases in buprenorphine use and the                                      requirements placed on providers who                                         the request would require resources
                                                  number of reported unintentional                                            seek the 275-patient limit is                                                approximately equivalent to responding
                                                  pediatric exposures, and found that as                                      implementation of a diversion control                                        the three Requests for Patient Limit
                                                  buprenorphine use increased between                                         plan. However, it is possible that State                                     Increase submissions, which is $300. As
                                                  2002 and 2011, the number of                                                and local law enforcement could incur                                        a result, we estimate that this
                                                  unintentional pediatric exposures in the                                    additional costs if diversion increases as                                   requirement is associated with costs of
                                                  State increased.59 Thus, it is possible                                     a result of this final rule. We do not                                       approximately $7,000 in each year
                                                  that the increased utilization of                                           have sufficient information to estimate                                      following publication of the final rule.
                                                  buprenorphine as a result of this final                                     the extent to which these unintended
                                                                                                                              consequences could occur, and did not                                        n. Summary of Impacts
                                                  rule without appropriate patient
                                                  counseling and action to ensure the safe                                    receive any through public comment.                                            The final rule’s impacts will take
                                                  use, storage, and disposal of                                               l. Practitioner Reporting Requirements                                       place over a long period of time. As
                                                  buprenorphine, may lead to an increase                                                                                                                   discussed previously, we expect the
                                                  in unintentional pediatric exposures. In                                      As discussed elsewhere in the
                                                                                                                                                                                                           existence of the waiver to treat up to 275
                                                  addition, there has been an increase in                                     preamble, HHS has decided to issue
                                                                                                                                                                                                           patients will increase the desirability of
                                                  diversion of buprenorphine as use of the                                    concurrently a Supplemental Notice of
                                                                                                                                                                                                           waivers to treat 30 and 100 patients.
                                                  product has increased. According to the                                     Proposed Rulemaking to seek additional
                                                                                                                                                                                                           This implies that more practitioners will
                                                  National Forensic Laboratory                                                comments on the proposed reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                           work toward fulfilling the requirements
                                                  Information System (NFLIS)—a system                                         requirements and is therefore delaying
                                                                                                                                                                                                           associated with receiving these waivers.
                                                  used to track diversion—buprenorphine                                       the finalization of the reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Further, this may make practitioners
                                                  is the third most common narcotic                                           requirements proposed in § 8.635 of the
                                                                                                                              NPRM. At this time, we lack the                                              early in their career more likely to
                                                  analgesic reported in NFLIS, with
                                                                                                                              information necessary to estimate the                                        choose addiction medicine or addiction
                                                  15,209 cases reported in 2014. This
                                                                                                                              costs associated with future reporting                                       psychiatry as their specialty. All of this
                                                  represents 12.4 percent of all narcotic
                                                                                                                              requirements, and as a result do not                                         implies that the final rule will have a
                                                  analgesic cases in NFLIS in 2014.60
                                                     It is important to note that studies                                     estimate them here.                                                          growing impact on capacity to prescribe
                                                  have found that the motivation to divert                                                                                                                 buprenorphine as time passes. Since the
                                                                                                                              m. Costs Associated With Waiver                                              lack of capacity to treat patients using
                                                  buprenorphine is often associated with
                                                                                                                              Requests in Emergencies                                                      buprenorphine is a barrier to its
                                                  lack of access to treatment or using the
                                                  medication to manage withdrawal—as                                             Under the final rule, practitioners in                                    utilization, this suggests that the final
                                                  opposed to diversion for the                                                good standing with a current waiver to                                       rule will lead to growing increases in
                                                  medication’s psychoactive effect.61 62                                      treat up to 100 patients may request                                         the utilization of buprenorphine, and
                                                  Thus, the overall effect of this                                            temporary approval to treat up to 275                                        growing increases in the associated
                                                  rulemaking on diversion is not clear                                        patients in specific emergency                                               positive health and economic effects.
                                                  given that the increased utilization of                                     situations. As discussed previously, we                                        The following table presents these
                                                  buprenorphine could affect the                                              anticipate that qualifying emergency                                         costs and benefits over the first 5 years
                                                  opportunity for diversion, but also                                         situations will occur very infrequently.                                     of the final rule.

                                                                                                       ACCOUNTING TABLE OF BENEFITS AND COSTS OF ALL CHANGES

                                                                                                                                                     Present value over 5 years                                             Annualized value over 5 years
                                                                                                                                                           by discount rate                                                         by discount rate
                                                                                                                                                     (millions of 2014 dollars)                                               (millions of 2014 dollars)

                                                  BENEFITS                                                                                      3 Percent                           7 Percent                           3 Percent                7 Percent

                                                        Quantified Benefits .............................................                          8,935                               8,228                                1,894                  1,875
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                    59 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.                            Annual Report. Available at: https://                                           62 Genberg BL, Gillespie M, Schuster CR,

                                                  Buprenorphine prescribing practices and exposures                           www.nflis.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/Reports.aspx.                               Johanson CE, et al. Prevalence and correlates of
                                                  reported to a poison center—Utah, 2002–2011.                                  61 Lofwall MR, Havens JR. Inability to access
                                                                                                                                                                                                           street-obtained buprenorphine use among current
                                                  MMWR 2012;61:997–1001.                                                      buprenorphine treatment as a risk factor for using                           and former injectors in Baltimore, Maryland. Addict
                                                    60 Drug Enforcement Administration. National                              diverted buprenorphine. Drug Alcohol Depend.                                 Behav. 2013;38(12):2868–73.
                                                  Forensic Laboratory Information System. 2014                                2012;126(3):379–83.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014         20:03 Jul 07, 2016         Jkt 238001       PO 00000       Frm 00024        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM              08JYR2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                                                       44735

                                                                                        ACCOUNTING TABLE OF BENEFITS AND COSTS OF ALL CHANGES—Continued
                                                  COSTS                                                                                   3 Percent                         7 Percent                   3 Percent             7 Percent

                                                       Quantified Costs .................................................                    1,109                             1,022                       235                   233



                                                  E. Sensitivity Analysis                                                   We estimate that practitioners who                                the dollar value of health benefits, we
                                                     The total estimated benefits of the                                 receive a waiver to treat up to 275                                  use a value of approximately $460,000
                                                  changes here are sensitive to                                          patients will treat between 20 and 50                                per QALY. For alternative values per
                                                  assumptions regarding the number of                                    additional patients each year, with a                                QALY between $300,000 and $600,000,
                                                  practitioners who will seek a waiver to                                central estimate of an average of 35                                 all else equal, we estimate annualized
                                                  treat up to 275 patients as a result of the                            additional patients. For alternative                                 benefits using a 3 percent discount rate
                                                  final rule, the number of individuals                                  estimates of 20 to 50 additional patients                            ranging from $1,235 million to $2,469
                                                  who will receive MAT as a result of the                                per year, all else equal, we estimate                                million over the 5 years following
                                                  final rule, the average per-person health                              annualized benefits using a 3 percent                                implementation.
                                                  benefits associated with this additional                               discount rate ranging from $1,082
                                                                                                                         million to $2,706 million and                                           Alternative assumptions along these
                                                  treatment, and the dollar value of these                                                                                                    four dimensions, when varied together,
                                                  health improvements. We estimate that                                  annualized costs ranging from $135
                                                                                                                         million to $336 million over the 5 years                             using a 3 percent discount rate, imply
                                                  500 to 1,800 practitioners will apply for
                                                  a waiver to treat up to 275 patients in                                following implementation.                                            annualized benefit estimates ranging
                                                  the first year, and 100 to 300                                            We estimate that individuals who                                  from $167 million to $8,576 million and
                                                  practitioners will apply for a waiver to                               receive MAT as a result of the final rule                            annualized cost estimates ranging from
                                                  treat up to 275 patients in subsequent                                 will experience average health                                       $61 million to $519 million. We note
                                                  years following publication of the final                               improvements equivalent to                                           that, in all scenarios discussed in this
                                                  rule, with central estimates at the                                    approximately 0.08 QALYs. For                                        section, annualized benefits
                                                  midpoint of each range. For alternative                                alternative estimates of these health                                substantially exceed annualized costs.
                                                  estimates in these ranges using a 3                                    improvements between 0.04 and 0.12                                   There are, however, uncertainties not
                                                  percent discount rate, all else equal, we                              QALYs, all else equal, we estimate                                   reflected in this sensitivity analysis,
                                                  estimate annualized benefits ranging                                   annualized benefits using a 3 percent                                which might lead to net benefits results
                                                  from $855 million to $2,934 million and                                discount rate ranging from $991 million                              that are smaller or larger than the range
                                                  annualized costs ranging from $107                                     to $2,973 million over the 5 years                                   of estimates summarized in the
                                                  million to $364 million.                                               following implementation. To estimate                                following table.

                                                                                                         LOW, HIGH, AND PRIMARY BENEFIT AND COST ESTIMATES
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annualized value over 5 years
                                                                                                                                                                                                         3 percent discount rate
                                                                                                                                                                                                        (millions of 2014 dollars)

                                                  BENEFITS                                                                                                                                      Low                 Primary           High

                                                       Quantified Benefits ...............................................................................................................      167                 1,894             8,576

                                                  COSTS                                                                                                                                         Low                 Primary           High

                                                       Quantified Costs ...................................................................................................................      61                  235              519



                                                  F. Analysis of Regulatory Alternatives                                 experiences health gains associated with                             of this rule are difficult to project,
                                                                                                                         treatment, as well as to society which                               leading us to adopt a measured
                                                     We carefully considered the option of
                                                                                                                         bears smaller costs associated with the                              approach to increasing access. Given the
                                                  not pursuing regulatory action.
                                                                                                                         negative effects of opioid use disorders.                            complexity of the condition, the
                                                  However, existing evidence indicates
                                                                                                                         These benefits are expected to greatly                               increased potential for diversion
                                                  that opioid use disorder and its related
                                                  health consequences is a substantial and                               exceed the costs associated with                                     associated with a higher prescribing
                                                  increasing public health problem in the                                increases in treatment. As a result, we                              limit, and the need to ensure high
                                                  United States, and it can be addressed                                 expect the benefits of this regulatory                               quality care, it was determined that
                                                  by increasing access to effective                                      action to exceed its costs.                                          addiction specialist physicians and
                                                  treatment. As discussed previously, the                                   We also considered allowing                                       those with the infrastructure and
                                                  lack of sufficient access to treatment is                              practitioners waivered to treat up to 100                            capacity to deliver the full complement
                                                  directly affected by the existing limit on                             patients to apply for the higher                                     of services recommended by clinical
                                                                                                                                                                                              practice guidelines would be best suited
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  the number of patients each practitioner                               prescribing limit without having to meet
                                                  with a waiver can currently treat using                                the additional credentialing as defined                              to balance these concerns.
                                                  buprenorphine, and removing this                                       in § 8.2 or qualified practice setting                                 Finally, we considered the alternative
                                                  barrier to access is very likely to                                    requirements as defined in the final                                 of having no reporting requirement for
                                                  increase the provision of this treatment.                              rule. One important objective of this                                physicians with the 275-patient limit.
                                                  Finally, the provision of MAT with                                     final rule is to expand access while                                 Although this alternative would reduce
                                                  buprenorphine provides tremendous                                      mitigating the risks associated with                                 the 1 hour of physician time and 2
                                                  benefits to the individual who                                         expanded access. In addition, the effects                            hours of administrative time estimated


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014       20:03 Jul 07, 2016       Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00025       Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM       08JYR2


                                                  44736                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  for data reporting in our analysis, we                   to take a maximum of 4 hours per                       Administrator, Substance Abuse and
                                                  did not pursue this alternative. The                     practitioner in any given year. This                   Mental Health Services Administration
                                                  reporting requirements are intended to                   represents less than 1 percent of hours                (SAMHSA), a certification that the
                                                  reinforce recommendations included in                    worked for an individual working full-                 practitioner is qualified under the
                                                  clinical practice guidelines on the                      time. Further, this final rule does not                Secretary’s standards and will comply
                                                  delivery of high quality, effective, and                 require practitioners to undertake these               with such standards. Eligibility for
                                                  safe patient care. Specifically,                         burdens, as this rulemaking does not                   certification will depend upon the
                                                  nationally-recognized clinical                           require practitioners to seek a waiver to              practitioner obtaining accreditation
                                                  guidelines on office-based opioid                        treat 275 patients. As a result, we                    from an accreditation body that has
                                                  treatment with buprenorphine suggest                     anticipate that this final rule will not               been approved by SAMHSA. These
                                                  that optimal care include administration                 have a significant impact on a                         regulations establish the procedures
                                                  of the medication and the use of                         substantial number of small entities.                  whereby an entity can apply to become
                                                  psychotherapeutic support services.                                                                             an approved accreditation body. This
                                                  They also recommend that physicians                      List of Subjects in 42 CFR Part 8
                                                                                                                                                                  part also establishes requirements and
                                                  and practices prescribing                                  Health professions, Methadone,                       general standards for accreditation
                                                  buprenorphine for the treatment of                       Reporting and recordkeeping                            bodies to ensure that practitioners are
                                                  opioid use disorder in the outpatient                    requirements.                                          consistently evaluated for compliance
                                                  setting take steps to reduce the                           For the reasons stated in the                        with the Secretary’s standards for
                                                  likelihood of buprenorphine diversion.                   preamble, HHS amends 42 CFR part 8                     treatment of opioid use disorder with an
                                                  Each of these tenets is reflected in the                 as follows:                                            opioid agonist treatment medication.
                                                  reporting requirements.                                                                                            (b) The regulations in subpart F of this
                                                                                                           PART 8—MEDICATION ASSISTED                             part establish the procedures and
                                                  G. Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
                                                                                                           TREATMENT FOR OPIOID USE                               requirements that practitioners who are
                                                     As discussed above, the RFA requires                  DISORDERS                                              authorized to treat up to 100 patients
                                                  agencies that issue a regulation to
                                                                                                           ■ 1. The authority citation for part 8                 pursuant to a waiver obtained under
                                                  analyze options for regulatory relief of
                                                                                                           continues to read as follows:                          section 303(g)(2) of the CSA (21 U.S.C.
                                                  small entities if a rule has a significant
                                                                                                                                                                  823(g)(2)), must satisfy in order to treat
                                                  impact on a substantial number of small                    Authority: 21 U.S.C. 823; 42 U.S.C. 257a,            up to 275 patients with medications
                                                  entities. The categories of entities                     290bb–2a, 290aa(d), 290dd–2, 300x–23,
                                                                                                                                                                  covered under section 303(g)(2)(C) of
                                                  affected most by this final rule will be                 300x–27(a), 300y–11.
                                                                                                                                                                  the CSA.
                                                  offices of practitioners and hospitals.                  ■  2. Revise the heading of part 8 as set
                                                  We expect that the vast majority of these                                                                       ■ 6. Amend § 8.2 as follows:
                                                                                                           forth above.
                                                  entities will be considered small based                                                                         ■ a. Revise the definitions of
                                                                                                           ■ 3. Amend part 8 as follows:
                                                  on the Small Business Administration                                                                            ‘‘Accreditation body’’ and
                                                                                                           ■ a. Remove the word ‘‘opiate’’ and add
                                                  size standards or non-profit status, and                                                                        ‘‘Accreditation body application’’;
                                                                                                           the word ‘‘opioid’’ in its place wherever
                                                  assume here that all affected entities are               it appears; and                                        ■ b. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                  small. According to SAMHSA data, as of                   ■ b. Remove the phrases ‘‘opioid                       definitions of ‘‘Additional
                                                  March 2016, there were 32,123                            addiction’’ and ‘‘Opioid addiction’’ and               Credentialing,’’ ‘‘Approval term,’’ and
                                                  practitioners with a waiver to prescribe                 add in their places the phrases ‘‘opioid               ‘‘Behavioral health services’’;
                                                  buprenorphine for the treatment of                       use disorder’’ and ‘‘Opioid use                        ■ c. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                  opioid use disorder. This group of                       disorder’’, respectively, wherever they                definitions of ‘‘Covered medications,’’
                                                  practitioners is most likely to be                       appear.                                                ‘‘Dispense,’’ ‘‘Diversion control plan,’’
                                                  impacted by the final rule, but we lack                                                                         and ‘‘Emergency situation’’;
                                                                                                           ■ 4. Revise the heading to subpart A to
                                                  information on the total number of                                                                              ■ d. Revise the definition of ‘‘Interim
                                                  associated entities. We acknowledge                      read as follows:
                                                                                                                                                                  maintenance treatment’’;
                                                  that some practitioners with a waiver                    Subpart A—General Provisions                           ■ e. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                  may provide services at multiple                                                                                definitions of ‘‘Medication-Assisted
                                                  entities, many entities may employ                       ■    5. Revise § 8.1 to read as follows:               Treatment (MAT),’’ ‘‘Nationally
                                                  multiple practitioners with a waiver,                                                                           recognized evidence-based guidelines,’’
                                                  and some entities currently unaffiliated                 § 8.1    Scope.
                                                                                                                                                                  and ‘‘Opioid dependence’’;
                                                  with these practitioners will be                            (a) Subparts A through C of this part
                                                                                                                                                                  ■ f. Remove the definition of ‘‘Opioid
                                                  impacted by this final rule. As a result,                establish the procedures by which the
                                                                                                           Secretary of Health and Human Services                 treatment’’;
                                                  we estimate that approximately 32,123
                                                                                                           (the Secretary) will determine whether a               ■ g. Revise the definitions of ‘‘Opioid
                                                  small entities will be affected by this
                                                  final rule.                                              practitioner is qualified under section                treatment program’’;
                                                     HHS considers a rule to have a                        303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act                ■ h. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                  significant economic impact on a                         (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) to dispense                   definitions of ‘‘Opioid program
                                                  substantial number of small entities if at               opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid                treatment certification,’’ ‘‘Opioid use
                                                  least 5 percent of small entities                        use disorders. The regulations also                    disorder,’’ and ‘‘Opioid use disorder
                                                  experience an impact of more than 3                      establish the Secretary’s standards                    treatment’’;
                                                  percent of revenue. As discussed above,                  regarding the appropriate quantities of                ■ i. Revise the definition of ‘‘Patient’’;
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  the final rule imposes a small burden on                 opioid drugs that may be provided for                  ■ j. Add, in alphabetical order, the
                                                  entities. This burden is primarily                       unsupervised use by individuals                        definitions of ‘‘Patient limit,’’
                                                  associated with processing information                   undergoing such treatment (21 U.S.C.                   ‘‘Practitioner,’’ and ‘‘Practitioner
                                                  disseminated by SAMHSA, opting to                        823(g)(1)). Under these regulations, a                 incapacity’’; and
                                                  completing the waiver process to treat                   practitioner who intends to dispense                   ■ k. Remove the definition of
                                                  additional patients, and submitting                      opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid                ‘‘Registered opioid treatment program’’.
                                                  information after receiving a waiver to                  use disorder must first obtain from the                   The revisions and additions read as
                                                  treat 275 patients, which are estimated                  Secretary or, by delegation, from the                  follows:


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000    Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                         44737

                                                  § 8.2   Definitions.                                     result in significant death, injury,                  treatment, short-term detoxification
                                                  *      *    *      *     *                               exposure to life-threatening                          treatment, long-term detoxification
                                                     Accreditation body means a body that                  circumstances, hardship, suffering, loss              treatment, maintenance treatment,
                                                  has been approved by SAMHSA in this                      of property, or loss of community                     comprehensive maintenance treatment,
                                                  part to accredit opioid treatment                        infrastructure.                                       and interim maintenance treatment.
                                                  programs using opioid agonist treatment                  *      *    *     *     *                                Patient for purposes of subparts B
                                                  medications.                                                Interim maintenance treatment means                through E of this part, means any
                                                     Accreditation body application means                  maintenance treatment provided in an
                                                  the application filed with SAMHSA for                                                                          individual who receives maintenance or
                                                                                                           opioid treatment program in
                                                  purposes of obtaining approval as an                                                                           detoxification treatment in an opioid
                                                                                                           conjunction with appropriate medical
                                                  accreditation body.                                                                                            treatment program. For purposes of
                                                                                                           services while a patient is awaiting
                                                                                                           transfer to a program that provides                   subpart F of this part, patient means any
                                                  *      *    *      *     *
                                                     Additional Credentialing means board                  comprehensive maintenance treatment.                  individual who is dispensed or
                                                  certification in addiction medicine or                                                                         prescribed covered medications by a
                                                                                                           *      *    *     *     *
                                                  addiction psychiatry by the American                        Medication-Assisted Treatment                      practitioner.
                                                  Board of Addiction Medicine or the                       (MAT) means the use of medication in                     Patient limit means the maximum
                                                  American Board of Medical Specialties                    combination with behavioral health                    number of individual patients that a
                                                  or certification by the American                         services to provide an individualized                 practitioner may dispense or prescribe
                                                  Osteopathic Academy of Addiction                         approach to the treatment of substance                covered medications to at any one time.
                                                  Medicine, the American Board of                          use disorder, including opioid use                       Practitioner means a physician who is
                                                  Addiction Medicine, or the American                      disorder.                                             appropriately licensed by the State to
                                                  Society of Addiction Medicine.                              Nationally recognized evidence-based
                                                     Approval term means the 3 year                                                                              dispense covered medications and who
                                                                                                           guidelines means a document produced
                                                  period in which a practitioner is                                                                              possesses a waiver under 21 U.S.C.
                                                                                                           by a national or international medical
                                                  approved to treat up to 275 patients that                professional association, public health               823(g)(2).
                                                  commences when a practitioner’s                          agency, such as the World Health                         Practitioner incapacity means the
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase is                    Organization, or governmental body                    inability of a practitioner as a result of
                                                  approved in accordance with § 8.625.                     with the aim of assuring the appropriate              an involuntary event to physically or
                                                     Behavioral health services means any                  use of evidence to guide individual                   mentally perform the tasks and duties
                                                  non-pharmacological intervention                         diagnostic and therapeutic clinical                   required to provide medication-assisted
                                                  carried out in a therapeutic context at an               decisions.                                            treatment in accordance with nationally
                                                  individual, family, or group level.                      *      *    *     *     *                             recognized evidence-based guidelines.
                                                  Interventions may include structured,                       Opioid dependence means repeated
                                                  professionally administered                                                                                    *     *      *    *     *
                                                                                                           self-administration that usually results
                                                  interventions (e.g., cognitive behavior                  in opioid tolerance, withdrawal                       ■ 7. Amend § 8.3 by revising the
                                                  therapy or insight oriented                              symptoms, and compulsive drug-taking.                 introductory text of paragraph (b) to
                                                  psychotherapy) delivered in person,                      Dependence may occur with or without                  read as follows:
                                                  interventions delivered remotely via                     the physiological symptoms of tolerance
                                                  telemedicine shown in clinical trials to                                                                       § 8.3 Application for approval as an
                                                                                                           and withdrawal.
                                                  facilitate medication-assisted treatment                                                                       accreditation body.
                                                                                                           *      *    *     *     *
                                                  (MAT) outcomes, or non-professional                         Opioid treatment program or ‘‘OTP’’                *     *    *     *     *
                                                  interventions.                                           means a program or practitioner                         (b) Application for initial approval.
                                                  *      *    *      *     *                               engaged in opioid treatment of                        Electronic copies of an accreditation
                                                     Covered medications means the drugs                   individuals with an opioid agonist                    body application form [SMA–167] shall
                                                  or combinations of drugs that are                        treatment medication registered under                 be submitted to: http://buprenorphine.
                                                  covered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(C).                    21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1).                                  samhsa.gov/pls/bwns/waiver.
                                                  *      *    *      *     *                                  Opioid treatment program                           Accreditation body applications shall
                                                     Dispense means to deliver a                           certification means the process by                    include the following information and
                                                  controlled substance to an ultimate user                 which SAMHSA determines that an                       supporting documentation:
                                                  by, or pursuant to, the lawful order of,                 opioid treatment program is qualified to
                                                  a practitioner, including the prescribing                provide opioid treatment under the                    *     *    *     *     *
                                                  and administering of a controlled                        Federal opioid treatment standards                    Subpart C [Redesignated as Subpart D]
                                                  substance.                                               described in § 8.12.
                                                     Diversion control plan means a set of                    Opioid use disorder means a cluster of             ■ 8. Redesignate subpart C, consisting of
                                                  documented procedures that reduce the                    cognitive, behavioral, and physiological              §§ 8.21 through 8.34, as subpart D and
                                                  possibility that controlled substances                   symptoms in which the individual                      revise the heading to read as follows:
                                                  will be transferred or used illicitly.                   continues use of opioids despite
                                                     Emergency situation means that an                     significant opioid-induced problems.                  Subpart D—Procedures for Review of
                                                  existing State, tribal, or local system for                 Opioid use disorder treatment means                Suspension or Proposed Revocation
                                                  substance use disorder services is                       the dispensing of an opioid agonist                   of OTP Certification, and of Adverse
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  overwhelmed or unable to meet the                        treatment medication, along with a                    Action Regarding Withdrawal of
                                                  existing need for medication-assisted                    comprehensive range of medical and                    Approval of an Accreditation Body
                                                  treatment as a direct consequence of a                   rehabilitative services, when clinically
                                                  clear precipitating event. This                          necessary, to an individual to alleviate              Subpart B [Redesignated as Subpart C]
                                                  precipitating event must have an abrupt                  the adverse medical, psychological, or
                                                  onset, such as practitioner incapacity;                  physical effects incident to an opioid                ■ 9. Redesignate subpart B, consisting of
                                                  natural or human-caused disaster; an                     use disorder. This term includes a range              §§ 8.11 through 8.15, as subpart C and
                                                  outbreak associated with drug use; and                   of services including detoxification                  revise the heading to read as follows:


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                  44738                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  Subpart C—Certification and                              (NOI) under section 303(g)(2)(B) to treat             submit a Request for Patient Limit
                                                  Treatment Standards for Opioid                           up to 100 patients was approved;                      Increase to SAMHSA that includes all of
                                                  Treatment Programs                                          (b) The practitioner:                              the following:
                                                                                                              (1) Holds additional credentialing as                 (a) Completed Request for Patient
                                                  ■ 10. Add a heading for new subpart B                    defined in § 8.2; or                                  Limit Increase form;
                                                  to read as follows:                                         (2) Provides medication-assisted                      (b) Statement certifying that the
                                                                                                           treatment (MAT) utilizing covered                     practitioner:
                                                  Subpart B—Accreditation of Opioid                        medications in a qualified practice                      (1) Will adhere to nationally
                                                  Treatment Programs                                       setting as defined in § 8.615;                        recognized evidence-based guidelines
                                                                                                              (c) The practitioner has not had his or            for the treatment of patients with opioid
                                                  §§ 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6    [Transferred to
                                                  Subpart B]                                               her enrollment and billing privileges in              use disorders;
                                                                                                           the Medicare program revoked under                       (2) Will provide patients with
                                                  ■ 11. Transfer §§ 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6 to              § 424.535 of this title; and                          necessary behavioral health services as
                                                  new subpart B.                                              (d) The practitioner has not been                  defined in § 8.2 or through an
                                                                                                           found to have violated the Controlled                 established formal agreement with
                                                  Subpart E [Reserved]                                     Substances Act pursuant to 21 U.S.C.                  another entity to provide behavioral
                                                                                                           824(a).                                               health services;
                                                  ■ 12. Add reserved subpart E.                                                                                     (3) Will provide appropriate releases
                                                  ■ 13. Add subpart F, consisting of                       § 8.615 What constitutes a qualified                  of information, in accordance with
                                                  §§ 8.610 through 8.655, to read as                       practice setting?                                     Federal and State laws and regulations,
                                                  follows:                                                    A qualified practice setting is a                  including the Health Information
                                                                                                           practice setting that:                                Portability and Accountability Act
                                                  Subpart F—Authorization To Increase                         (a) Provides professional coverage for             Privacy Rule (45 CFR part 160 and 45
                                                  Patient Limit to 275 Patients                            patient medical emergencies during                    CFR part 164, subparts A and E) and 42
                                                                                                           hours when the practitioner’s practice is             CFR part 2, if applicable, to permit the
                                                  Sec.
                                                                                                           closed;                                               coordination of care with behavioral
                                                  8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for a
                                                       patient limit of 275?
                                                                                                              (b) Provides access to case-                       health, medical, and other service
                                                  8.615 What constitutes a qualified practice              management services for patients                      practitioners;
                                                       setting?                                            including referral and follow-up                         (4) Will use patient data to inform the
                                                  8.620 What is the process to request a                   services for programs that provide, or                improvement of outcomes;
                                                       patient limit of 275?                               financially support, the provision of                    (5) Will adhere to a diversion control
                                                  8.625 How will a Request for Patient Limit               services such as medical, behavioral,                 plan to manage the covered medications
                                                       Increase be processed?                              social, housing, employment,                          and reduce the possibility of diversion
                                                  8.630 What must practitioners do in order                educational, or other related services;
                                                       to maintain their approval to treat up to
                                                                                                                                                                 of covered medications from legitimate
                                                                                                              (c) Uses health information                        treatment use;
                                                       275 patients?
                                                  8.635 [Reserved]
                                                                                                           technology (health IT) systems such as                   (6) Has considered how to assure
                                                  8.640 What is the process for renewing a                 electronic health records, if otherwise               continuous access to care in the event
                                                       practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit            required to use these systems in the                  of practitioner incapacity or an
                                                       Increase approval?                                  practice setting. Health IT means the                 emergency situation that would impact
                                                  8.645 What are the responsibilities of                   electronic systems that health care                   a patient’s access to care as defined in
                                                       practitioners who do not submit a                   professionals and patients use to store,              § 8.2; and
                                                       renewal Request for Patient Limit                   share, and analyze health information;                   (7) Will notify all patients above the
                                                       Increase, or whose renewal request is                  (d) Is registered for their State                  100 patient level, in the event that the
                                                       denied?                                             prescription drug monitoring program
                                                  8.650 Can SAMHSA’s approval of a
                                                                                                                                                                 request for the higher patient limit is not
                                                       practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                                                                           (PDMP) where operational and in                       renewed or the renewal request is
                                                       Increase be suspended or revoked?                   accordance with Federal and State law.                denied, that the practitioner will no
                                                  8.655 Can a practitioner request to                      PDMP means a statewide electronic                     longer be able to provide MAT services
                                                       temporarily treat up to 275 patients in             database that collects designated data on             using buprenorphine to them and make
                                                       emergency situations?                               substances dispensed in the State. For                every effort to transfer patients to other
                                                                                                           practitioners providing care in their                 addiction treatment;
                                                  Subpart F—Authorization To Increase                      capacity as employees or contractors of                  (c) Any additional documentation to
                                                  Patient Limit to 275 Patients                            a Federal government agency,                          demonstrate compliance with § 8.610 as
                                                  § 8.610 Which practitioners are eligible for
                                                                                                           participation in a PDMP is required only              requested by SAMHSA.
                                                  a patient limit of 275?                                  when such participation is not restricted
                                                                                                           based on their State of licensure and is              § 8.625 How will a Request for Patient
                                                    The total number of patients that a                    in accordance with Federal statutes and               Limit Increase be processed?
                                                  practitioner may dispense or prescribe                   regulations;                                            (a) Not later than 45 days after the
                                                  covered medications to at any one time                      (e) Accepts third-party payment for                date on which SAMHSA receives a
                                                  for purposes of 21 U.S.C.                                costs in providing health services,                   practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                  823(g)(2)(B)(iii) is 275 if:                             including written billing, credit, and                Increase as described in § 8.620, or
                                                    (a) The practitioner possesses a                       collection policies and procedures, or                renewal Request for Patient Limit
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  current waiver to treat up to 100                        Federal health benefits.                              Increase as described in § 8.640,
                                                  patients under section 303(g)(2) of the                                                                        SAMHSA shall approve or deny the
                                                  Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C.                     § 8.620 What is the process to request a              request.
                                                  823(g)(2)) and has maintained the                        patient limit of 275?                                   (1) A practitioner’s Request for Patient
                                                  waiver in accordance with applicable                       In order for a practitioner to receive              Limit Increase will be approved if the
                                                  statutory requirements without                           approval for a patient limit of 275, a                practitioner satisfies all applicable
                                                  interruption for at least one year since                 practitioner must meet all of the                     requirements under §§ 8.610 and 8.620.
                                                  the practitioner’s notification of intent                requirements specified in § 8.610 and                 SAMHSA will thereafter notify the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2


                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 131 / Friday, July 8, 2016 / Rules and Regulations                                               44739

                                                  practitioner who requested the patient                   § 8.620 at least 90 days before the                   emergency situation as defined in § 8.2,
                                                  limit increase, and the Drug                             expiration of their approval term.                    and that provides a justification for an
                                                  Enforcement Administration (DEA), that                     (b) If SAMHSA does not reach a final                immediate increase in that practitioner’s
                                                  the practitioner has been approved to                    decision on a renewal Request for                     patient limit;
                                                  treat up to 275 patients using covered                   Patient Limit Increase before the                        (2) Identifies a period of time, not
                                                  medications. A practitioner’s approval                   expiration of a practitioner’s approval               longer than 6 months, in which the
                                                  to treat up to 275 patients under this                   term, the practitioner’s existing                     higher patient limit should apply, and
                                                  section will extend for a term not to                    approval term will be deemed extended                 provides a rationale for the period of
                                                  exceed 3 years.                                          until SAMHSA reaches a final decision.                time requested; and
                                                     (2) SAMHSA may deny a                                                                                          (3) Describes an explicit and feasible
                                                  practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit                 § 8.645 What are the responsibilities of
                                                                                                           practitioners who do not submit a renewal             plan to meet the public and individual
                                                  Increase if SAMHSA determines that:                      Request for Patient Limit Increase, or                health needs of the impacted persons
                                                     (i) The Request for Patient Limit                     whose renewal request is denied?                      once the practitioner’s approval to treat
                                                  Increase is deficient in any respect; or                                                                       up to 275 patients expires.
                                                     (ii) The practitioner has knowingly                      Practitioners who are approved to
                                                                                                           treat up to 275 patients in accordance                   (b) Prior to taking action on a
                                                  submitted false statements or made                                                                             practitioner’s request under this section,
                                                  misrepresentations of fact in the                        with § 8.625, but who do not renew
                                                                                                           their Request for Patient Limit Increase,             SAMHSA shall consult, to the extent
                                                  practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit                                                                       practicable, with the appropriate
                                                  Increase.                                                or whose renewal request is denied,
                                                                                                           shall notify, under § 8.620(b)(7) in a                governmental authorities in order to
                                                     (b) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner’s
                                                                                                           time period specified by SAMHSA, all                  determine whether the emergency
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase (or
                                                                                                           patients affected above the 100 patient               situation that a practitioner describes
                                                  renewal), SAMHSA shall notify the
                                                                                                           limit, that the practitioner will no longer           justifies an immediate increase in the
                                                  practitioner of the reasons for the
                                                                                                           be able to provide MAT services using                 higher patient limit.
                                                  denial.
                                                     (c) If SAMHSA denies a practitioner’s                 covered medications and make every                       (c) If SAMHSA determines that a
                                                  Request for Patient Limit Increase (or                   effort to transfer patients to other                  practitioner’s request under this section
                                                  renewal) based solely on deficiencies                    addiction treatment.                                  should be granted, SAMHSA will notify
                                                  that can be resolved, and the                                                                                  the practitioner that his or her request
                                                                                                           § 8.650 Can SAMHSA’s approval of a                    has been approved. The period of such
                                                  deficiencies are resolved to the                         practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                  satisfaction of SAMHSA in a manner                                                                             approval shall not exceed six months.
                                                                                                           Increase be suspended or revoked?
                                                  and time period approved by SAMHSA,                                                                               (d) If a practitioner wishes to receive
                                                                                                             (a) SAMHSA, at any time during a
                                                  the practitioner’s Request for Patient                                                                         an extension of the approval period
                                                                                                           practitioner’s 3 year approval term, may
                                                  Limit Increase will be approved. If the                                                                        granted under this section, he or she
                                                                                                           suspend or revoke its approval of a
                                                  deficiencies have not been resolved to                                                                         must submit a request to SAMHSA at
                                                                                                           practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit
                                                  the satisfaction of SAMHSA within the                                                                          least 30 days before the expiration of the
                                                                                                           Increase under § 8.625 if it is
                                                  designated time period, the Request for                                                                        six month period, and certify that the
                                                                                                           determined that:
                                                  Patient Limit Increase may be denied.                                                                          emergency situation as defined in § 8.2
                                                                                                             (1) Immediate action is necessary to
                                                                                                                                                                 necessitating an increased patient limit
                                                                                                           protect public health or safety;
                                                  § 8.630 What must practitioners do in                                                                          continues. Prior to taking action on a
                                                  order to maintain their approval to treat up               (2) The practitioner made
                                                                                                                                                                 practitioner’s extension request under
                                                  to 275 patients?                                         misrepresentations in the practitioner’s
                                                                                                                                                                 this section, SAMHSA shall consult, to
                                                     (a) A practitioner whose Request for                  Request for Patient Limit Increase;
                                                                                                                                                                 the extent practicable, with the
                                                  Patient Limit Increase is approved in                      (3) The practitioner no longer satisfies
                                                                                                                                                                 appropriate governmental authorities in
                                                  accordance with § 8.625 shall maintain                   the requirements of this subpart; or
                                                                                                                                                                 order to determine whether the
                                                  all eligibility requirements specified in                  (4) The practitioner has been found to
                                                                                                                                                                 emergency situation that a practitioner
                                                  § 8.610, and all attestations made in                    have violated the CSA pursuant to 21
                                                                                                                                                                 describes justifies an extension of an
                                                  accordance with § 8.620(b), during the                   U.S.C. 824(a).
                                                                                                             (b) [Reserved]                                      increase in the higher patient limit.
                                                  practitioner’s 3-year approval term.                                                                              (e) Except as provided in this section
                                                  Failure to do so may result in SAMHSA                    § 8.655 Can a practitioner request to                 and § 8.650, requirements in other
                                                  withdrawing its approval of a                            temporarily treat up to 275 patients in               sections under subpart F of this part do
                                                  practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit                 emergency situations?                                 not apply to practitioners receiving
                                                  Increase.                                                   (a) Practitioners with a current waiver            waivers in this section.
                                                     (b) [Reserved]                                        to prescribe up to 100 patients and who                 Dated: June 30, 2016.
                                                  § 8.635   [Reserved]
                                                                                                           are not otherwise eligible to treat up to
                                                                                                                                                                 Kana Enomoto,
                                                                                                           275 patients under § 8.610 may request
                                                                                                                                                                 Principal Deputy Administrator, Substance
                                                  § 8.640 What is the process for renewing                 a temporary increase to treat up to 275
                                                                                                                                                                 Abuse and Mental Health Services
                                                  a practitioner’s Request for Patient Limit               patients in order to address emergency                Administration.
                                                  Increase approval?                                       situations as defined in § 8.2 if the
                                                    (a) Practitioners who intend to                        practitioner provides information and                   Approved: June 30, 2016.
                                                  continue to treat up to 275 patients                     documentation that:                                   Sylvia M. Burwell,
                                                  beyond their current 3 year approval                        (1) Describes the emergency situation              Secretary, Department of Health and Human
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  term must submit a renewal Request for                   in sufficient detail so as to allow a                 Services.
                                                  Patient Limit Increase in accordance                     determination to be made regarding                    [FR Doc. 2016–16120 Filed 7–6–16; 8:45 am]
                                                  with the procedures outlined under                       whether the situation qualifies as an                 BILLING CODE 4162–20–P




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:03 Jul 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\08JYR2.SGM   08JYR2



Document Created: 2016-07-08 00:17:30
Document Modified: 2016-07-08 00:17:30
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rule.
ContactJinhee Lee, Pharm.D., Public Health Advisor, Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 240-276-2700.
FR Citation81 FR 44711 
RIN Number0930-AA22
CFR AssociatedHealth Professions; Methadone and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR